MONARCH BANCORP
SB-2/A, 1995-07-13
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: STAFF BUILDERS INC /DE/, 10-Q, 1995-07-13
Next: DREYFUS NEW YORK TAX EXEMPT BOND FUND INC /NEW/, 24F-2NT, 1995-07-13



<PAGE>

     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 12, 1995
                                                   Registration No. 33-59313
                                                                    ---------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           Washington, D.C.  20549
                         ____________________________
   
                       PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO
                                  FORM SB-2
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                         ____________________________
    
                                MONARCH BANCORP
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)

        California                      6090                    95-3863296
(State or other jurisdiction       (Primary Standard           (IRS Employer
   of incorporation or         Industrial Classification     Identification No.)
      organization)                 Code Number)

                            30000 Town Center Drive
                        Laguna Niguel, California  92677
                                 (714) 495-3300
              (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
       including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                          ____________________________

                                E. Lynn Caswell
                       Chairman of the Board of Directors
                          and Chief Executive Officer

                                Monarch Bancorp
                            30000 Town Center Drive
                        Laguna Niguel, California  92677
                                 (714) 495-3300
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                          ____________________________

                                    Copy to:

                            Loren P. Hansen, Esquire
                                Knecht & Hansen
                          1301 Dove Street, Suite 900
                        Newport Beach, California  92660
                          ____________________________

          Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public:
   As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective
                          ____________________________

   If the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933 check the following box   [X].

                          ____________________________

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              PROPOSED MAXIMUM     PROPOSED MAXIMUM
  TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF      AMOUNT TO BE   OFFERING PRICE PER   AGGREGATE OFFERING      AMOUNT OF
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED    REGISTERED           SHARE (1)            PRICE         REGISTRATION FEE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>             <C>                  <C>                 <C>
Common Stock, no par
value..................       3,177,296 (2)        $1.35              $4,289,349.60         $1,479.08
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>
- --------------------
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculation the registration fee in
    accordance with Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933.

(2) Includes shares which may be purchased upon the exercise of Subscription
    Rights, and shares which may be issued in the Public Offering.

</TABLE>
    

   The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registration
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this
Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with
Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting
pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR  A
SOLICITATION OF ANY OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THOSE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL  PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE   , 1995

PROSPECTUS

                             UP TO 3,177,296 SHARES

                                                                   [LOGO]

                                MONARCH BANCORP
                                  COMMON STOCK

    Monarch Bancorp (the "Company") is offering (the "Offering") up to 3,177,296
shares  of its  common stock,  no par  value (the  "Common Stock"),  in a Rights
Offering and a Public Offering. Holders of record as of the close of business on
March 30, 1995 (the "Record Date") have a nontransferable right (the "Right") to
subscribe for and purchase  up to 3,177,296  shares of Common  Stock for a  cash
price  of $1.35 per share (the "Subscription Price"). Holders of Rights ("Rights
Holders") will be  able to  exercise their  rights until  5:00 p.m.,  California
time,  on                  , 1995, unless  extended by the  Company (the "Rights
Offering Expiration Date"). The Public Offering  in its entirety will expire  at
5:00  p.m. California time on             , 1995, unless extended by the Company
("Public Offering Expiration Date"). The  rights offering may be extended  until
            ,  1995, and the public offering may be extended until             ,
1995.

                                             (cover page continued on next page)
                              -------------------

    THE PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK IN THE OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
POTENTIAL PURCHASERS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER  THE MATTERS SET FORTH UNDER  THE
HEADING "RISK FACTORS COMMENCING ON PAGE   OF THIS PROSPECTUS."

    THE  SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY  ARE NOT SAVINGS OR  DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS AND ARE
NOT  INSURED  BY  THE  FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION  OR  ANY   OTHER
GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
   EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR  HAS  THE
      COMMISSION  OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE
        ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
                         TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<S>                                        <C>              <C>              <C>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             UNDERWRITING
                                                            AND OTHER FEES
                                            SUBSCRIPTION          AND        PROCEEDS TO THE
                                                PRICE        EXPENSES (1)      COMPANY (2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share................................       $1.35          $0.094(3)          $1.26
Total Maximum(2).........................    $4,289,350        $300,000        $3,989,360
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>
- ------------------------

(1)  The per  share  amount constitutes  the  amount payable  to  the  Financial
     Advisors  in their capacity as such, which  equals 5% of the gross proceeds
     received from the Offering.  The total amounts  include amounts payable  to
     the  Financial  Advisors  in  such  capacity.  The  Company  has  agreed to
     indemnify the  Financial Advisors  against  certain liabilities  under  the
     Securities Act of 1933. See "The Offering."

(2)  Includes  expenses of the  Offering payable by the  Company estimated to be
     $85,000, including registration fees,  legal and accounting fees,  printing
     and other miscellaneous fees.

(3)  Estimated based upon the maximum offering assuming all shares are sold, but
     before deducting expenses of the Offering payable by the Company.
</TABLE>

                              -------------------

                  THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS        , 1995
<PAGE>
    The  Company has granted to each shareholder  the Right to subscribe for and
purchase, at the Subscription Price, up to  four (4) shares of Common Stock  for
each  share of Common Stock held of record as of the Record Date. The Rights are
not transferable. Once a  Rights Holder has  exercised the subscription  rights,
such  exercise may not be revoked. The Rights are not evidenced by certificates.
Following conclusion of the Rights Offering portion of the Offering, all of  the
Company's  shareholders,  including  shareholders that  have  subscribed  in the
Private Placement Offering  completed March  31, 1995, and  the general  public,
will  be permitted to subscribe for  any remaining unsubscribed shares of Common
Stock in the Public Offering  portion of the Offering,  subject to the right  of
the  Company, in its sole  discretion, to accept or  reject any subscription for
Shares in the  Public Offering, either  in whole  or in part.  In addition,  for
shares  sold in the Public Offering in the State of California, a nonshareholder
investor must meet certain minimum suitability standards. (See "The  Offering.")
The   Company  presently  intends,   but  shall  not   be  required  to,  accept
subscriptions (in addition to Rights subscriptions) from shareholders as of  the
Record  Date up to amounts that would  maintain the ownership percentage of such
shareholders at the Record Date. The Rights Offering and the Public Offering are
being offered on a best efforts basis, and  no assurance can be given as to  the
number of shares that may be sold.

    On  March 31,  1995, the Company  completed a Private  Placement Offering of
4,547,111 shares of  its Common Stock,  no par value,  at a price  of $1.35  per
share  to several accredited investors  as defined in SEC  Regulation D, and the
Company raised approximately $5,669,000 in net proceeds in the private placement
(the "Private Placement Offering"). Such  accredited investors are not  included
as  Record Date Holders for the  Rights Offering. The Private Placement Offering
was undertaken in order to raise capital  (i) in accordance with a Section  8(b)
Order  (the "8(b) Order") issued  by the FDIC, and  entered into between Monarch
Bank, the wholly-owned subsidiary  of the Company, and  the FDIC, and a  Section
1913  Order (the "1913 Order") issued  by the California Superintendent of Banks
and agreed to by the Bank (collectively referred to herein as the "Orders"), and
(ii) to provide additional capital for prudent expansion of the Bank and Company
through continued growth of its present facility and possible future facilities.
As of December  31, 1994,  the Bank's  leverage capital  ratio of  approximately
2.09%  was approximately $2,960,000  below the 7% level  which is required under
the terms of the Orders. With the completion of the initial phase of the Private
Placement Offering on March 31, 1995 and the increase in capital of the Bank  by
approximately  $3,550,000 to approximately $4,846,000,  the Bank now exceeds the
minimum capital requirements established by  the Orders, as the Bank's  leverage
capital  ratio as of March 31, 1995 was 7.85%. The Company retained $53,500 from
the net proceeds of  the Private Placement Offering  for the retirement of  debt
and $2,065,000 for general corporate purposes. The Company anticipates retaining
the net proceeds received from the completion of this Offering.

    This  Offering is being undertaken in  order to raise additional capital (i)
for general  corporate purposes  and to  provide for  prudent expansion  of  the
Company  through continued  growth of its  present facility  and possible future
facilities,  and   (ii)   to   allow  shareholders   to   participate   in   the
recapitalization  of the Company and the Bank at the same price per share as the
investors. Although  the  Company  has  had  preliminary  discussions  regarding
possible  acquisitions with a number of financial institutions, no agreements or
understandings have been reached at this time.

                                       2
<PAGE>
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

    The Company is subject to  the informational requirements of the  Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934, as  amended  (the  "Exchange Act"),  and  in accordance
therewith files  reports,  proxy  statements  and  other  information  with  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission").  Such  reports, proxy
statements and  other information  can be  inspected and  copied at  the  public
reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza,
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549; and at the Commission's Regional
Offices  located on  the 15th Floor,  7 World  Trade Center, New  York, New York
10048 and Suite 1400, 500 West  Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661.  Copies
of  such  material may  also be  obtained  at prescribed  rates from  the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549.

    The  Company has filed with the  Commission a Registration Statement on Form
SB-2 (the "Registration Statement") pursuant to  the Securities Act of 1933,  as
amended  (the "Securities Act"), with respect  to the securities offered hereby.
This Prospectus  does  not contain  all  of the  information  set forth  in  the
Registration  Statement  and  the  exhibits and  schedules  relating  thereto as
permitted  by  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Commission.  For   further
information  pertaining  to  the  Company  and  the  securities  offered hereby,
reference is made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto.  Items
of  information omitted from this Prospectus,  but contained in the Registration
Statement, may be obtained  at prescribed rates or  inspected without charge  at
the  Commission, Washington, D.C. Any statements contained herein concerning the
provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in each  instance,
reference  is made  to the  copy of  such document  filed as  an exhibit  to the
Registration Statement  or  otherwise  filed  with  the  Commission.  Each  such
statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference.

    The  Company will  provide stockholders with  annual reports  of the Company
containing audited financial statements.

                                       3
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    THE  FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO, AND
SHOULD BE READ IN  CONJUNCTION WITH, THE  DETAILED INFORMATION AND  CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO SET FORTH ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN.

THE COMPANY AND THE BANK

    Monarch  Bancorp (the "Company")  is a Laguna  Niguel, California based bank
holding company organized  in 1984  and conducting operations  through its  sole
subsidiary,  Monarch Bank (the  "Bank"), a California  state-chartered bank. The
Company has operated as  a one-bank holding company,  registered under the  Bank
Holding  Company Act of 1956  since 1984. The Bank  commenced operations in 1980
and currently operates through its head office in Laguna Niguel, California. The
only material activity of the Company is the operation of the Bank. As of  March
31,  1995,  the  Company  had  consolidated  total  assets,  total  deposits and
shareholders' equity of approximately $63 million, $56 million and $6.8 million,
respectively. The Bank is insured under  the Federal Deposit Insurance Act,  but
it is not a member of the Federal Reserve System.

    BUSINESS.     The  Bank's  primary  market  area  is  South  Orange  County,
California. The principal  business of  the Bank is  to accept  time and  demand
deposits,  and to make  commercial loans, consumer loans,  real estate loans and
other investments. The Bank's loans  are primarily short-term and/or  adjustable
rate.  (See "Business.")  The Bank's  Strategic Plan  since 1987  has emphasized
serving  the  banking  needs  of   individuals,  professionals,  and  small   to
medium-sized  businesses  in  Laguna  Niguel,  California  and  the  surrounding
communities. The Bank  has carved a  local niche  by being active  in civic  and
community  activities  and providing  a high  degree of  individualized personal
service. The  Bank was  the first  in the  local area  to be  open for  Saturday
business  and maintains operating hours from 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. in an effort
to serve its  largely "commuter"  customer base as  well as  its small  business
customers.  In  addition,  it  has a  chartered  courier  branch  which operates
throughout mid-  and southern-Orange  County,  serving professionals  and  small
businesses,  which has  greatly expanded its  service area without  the need for
additional physical facilities.  Since 1987, the  Bank's major lending  emphasis
has  been  directed  at  short  term  owner-occupied  luxury  home  construction
projects,  commercial  lending  to  professionals  and  individuals,  with   the
objective  of building a  balanced community loan  and investment portfolio mix.
The Bank relies on a foundation of locally generated deposits and has a low cost
of funds due to a high percentage of low cost and noninterest bearing  deposits.
The  Bank also originates SBA loans, has a mortgage referral program and its own
credit card program.  Due to consolidations,  mergers, and the  small number  of
independent  banks headquartered in South Orange County, the Bank believes that,
given appropriate  capital resources  (a portion  of which  are intended  to  be
raised  in this  Offering), it  may be well  positioned to  prudently expand and
build a larger, regional independent financial institution in the affluent South
Orange County market. (See "Business.")

    FINANCIAL CONDITION AND OPERATIONS.  Although the Company experienced growth
in both assets and net  earnings from 1988 to  1992, weaknesses in the  Southern
California  economy,  particularly  with regard  to  price and  demand  for real
estate, led to  substantial losses in  1993 and  1994, as well  as increases  in
nonperforming  assets. These losses temporarily  decreased the capital resources
of the  Bank well  below  regulatory requirements,  although  the Bank  met  all
regulatory  capital  requirements  at  March  31,  1995.  See  "RISK  FACTORS --
Financial Condition and  Operations; Loss in  1993 and 1994"  and the  financial
information included herein.

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS

    As  a result of the losses incurred in  1993 and 1994, as well as certain of
the  factors  that  contributed  thereto,  both  the  FDIC  and  the  California
Superintendent  of  Banks  issued  orders  to  the  Bank  requiring  it  to take
corrective actions  and  increase  its  capital ratios.  See  "RISK  FACTORS  --
Existing and Potential Enforcement Actions."

PRIVATE PLACEMENT OFFERING AND CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

    On  March 31,  1995, the Company  completed a Private  Placement Offering of
4,547,111 shares of  its Common Stock,  no par value,  at a price  of $1.35  per
share  to several accredited investors pursuant to SEC Regulation D. As a result
of the  completion  of  the  Private  Placement  Offering,  the  Company  raised
approximately $5,669,000 in net proceeds contributed approximately $3.55 million
to the Bank, increasing

                                       4
<PAGE>
the  Bank's leverage  capital ratio  to 7.85%  as of  March 31,  1995, which was
approximately $539,000 above the level required  by the Section 8(b) Order.  The
Company  repaid  debt  in  the  amount  of  $53,500  and  retained approximately
$2,065,000  for  general  corporate  purposes.  All  investors  in  the  Private
Placement  Offering  completed  their  purchases  prior  to  the  filing  of the
Company's Registration Statement on Form SB-2.

    A total of 24 accredited investors purchased shares in the Private Placement
Offering. The following table lists investors and any known shareholders with  a
beneficial  ownership of five percent of the  Company Stock as of June 15, 1995.
All shareholders  listed  in  the  following  table  purchased  in  the  Private
Placement  Offering. All  shares are  Common Stock,  the only  class of security
outstanding.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        AMOUNT AND NATURE OF
         NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER           BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP  PERCENT OF CLASS
- ------------------------------------------------------  --------------------  -----------------
<S>                                                     <C>                   <C>
Peter Huizenga Testamentary Trust                               530,000                9.85%
 Huizenga Capital Management
 Oak Brook, IL 60521
Robert A. Schoellhorn                                           530,000                9.85%
 c/o Bryan & Gross
 Northbrook, IL 60062
Mutual Discovery Fund                                           530,000                9.85%
 (Mutual Series Fund, Inc.)
 Short Hills, NJ 07078
Basswood Partners                                               530,000                9.85%
 Paramus, NJ 07652
Kenneth Gaspar                                                  370,370                6.88%
 Lisle, IL
Jerome White                                                    333,333                6.19%
 Chicago, IL 60606
</TABLE>

    The Bank has taken several actions to comply with the Orders, including  the
Private  Placement  Offering and  this  Offering, and  management  believes (but
cannot assure that  the respective regulator  would agree) that  the Bank is  in
substantial  compliance  with provisions  of  the Orders.  If  the FDIC  and the
Superintendent on their  next examinations  find that the  Company has  complied
with  all the terms of the Orders, the Orders may be lifted in the discretion of
the FDIC and the Superintendent. The Bank's regulatory agencies are required  to
examine  the Bank  within certain statutory  time frames, and  management of the
Company believes the Bank will be examined before the end of the second  quarter
of  1995. See "Business" and "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operation."

USE OF PROCEEDS

    The net  proceeds of  the Offering  are estimated  to be  $3,989,350 if  the
maximum  3,177,296 shares of Common Stock  are purchased. It is anticipated that
net proceeds from the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will  be
used  for general corporate purposes  and to allow for  the prudent expansion of
the  organization  through  continued  growth  in  its  present  facility,   and
particularly  to expand  into other  communities in  Southern California  by the
acquisition of other financial institutions  or acquisition or establishment  of
branches  of such institutions subject  to regulatory approvals and satisfaction
of the terms of the Orders. Although the Company has had preliminary discussions
with a number of financial institutions regarding possible acquisitions, and the
Company is having ongoing discussions with Rancho Santa Fe National Bank,  Ranch
Santa  Fe, California, no agreements or understandings have been reached at this
time. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Business."

RISK FACTORS

    A PURCHASE OF  THE COMPANY'S  SECURITIES INVOLVES  CERTAIN RISKS.  POTENTIAL
PURCHASERS  OF RIGHTS OR COMMON STOCK  SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE INFORMATION
SET FORTH UNDER THE HEADING "RISK FACTORS" WHICH FOLLOWS THIS SUMMARY.

                                       5
<PAGE>
THE OFFERING

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
Securities Offered................  The  Company  offers  hereby  a  maximum  aggregate   of
                                    3,177,296 shares of Common Stock. With the completion of
                                    the  Private Placement Offering, an additional 4,547,111
                                    shares of Common  Stock were issued  on March 31,  1995,
                                    increasing the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the
                                    Company  up  to  5,341,434  shares,  and  no  shares  of
                                    Preferred Stock are outstanding. Upon completion of this
                                    Offering, it  is anticipated  that up  to an  additional
                                    3,177,296 shares of Common Stock will be issued and that
                                    up  to 8,518,730  shares of  the Company's  Common Stock
                                    will be issued and outstanding.
The Offerings.....................  The Company is offering the shares of Common Stock in  a
                                    Rights and Public Offering (the "Offerings").
The Rights Offering...............  Each  record  holder of  Common  Stock at  the  close of
                                    business on the Record  Date ("Record Date Holder")  has
                                    been  granted  one  nontransferable  subscription  right
                                    ("Right") to subscribe  to purchase four  (4) shares  of
                                    Common  Stock  for each  share of  Common Stock  held of
                                    record on  the Record  Date. Payments  received for  the
                                    shares  which  are not  available  for purchase  will be
                                    returned  without   interest.   The   Rights   are   not
                                    transferable.
Subscription Price................  $1.35 per share, payable in cash.
Record Date.......................  March 30, 1995.
Rights Offering Expiration Date...  5:00 p.m., California Time,            , 1995, which may
                                    be extended to            , 1995.
Public Offering Expiration Date...  5:00  p.m., California Time,            , 1995 which may
                                    be extended for two (2) 45 day periods, and will not  be
                                    extended  beyond               ,  1995. In addition, for
                                    shares sold in the State of California, a nonshareholder
                                    investor   must   meet   certain   minimum   suitability
                                    standards. See "The Offering."
Procedure for Exercising Rights...  The  Rights may be exercised  by properly completing the
                                    subscription order form and forwarding it, with  payment
                                    of  the  Subscription  Price for  each  underlying share
                                    subscribed for pursuant  thereto, to  Monarch Bank,  the
                                    wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, as escrow agent,
                                    which  must  receive  such subscription  order  form and
                                    payment at or  prior to the  Rights Offering  Expiration
                                    Date.  If subscription order forms and payments are sent
                                    by mail,  Rights Holders  are  urged to  use  registered
                                    mail,  properly insured, with  return receipt requested.
                                    See "The Rights Offering -- Exercise of Rights."
                                    ONCE AN INVESTOR HAS  SUBSCRIBED, SUCH SUBSCRIPTION  MAY
                                    NOT BE REVOKED.
Issuance of Common Stock..........  Certificates   representing   shares  of   Common  Stock
                                    purchased will be delivered  as soon as practical  after
                                    the subscriptions have been accepted by the Company.
Public Offering...................  The  Company  anticipates  that upon  completion  of the
                                    Rights Offering, any remaining unsubscribed shares  will
                                    be  offered to the general  public in a Public Offering.
                                    The Company presently intends, but shall not be required
                                    to,  accept   subscriptions  (in   addition  to   Rights
                                    subscriptions)  from shareholders as  of the Record Date
                                    up  to  amounts  that   would  maintain  the   ownership
                                    percentage  of such  shareholders at the  Record Date to
                                    the extent feasible. See "The Offering."
</TABLE>

                                       6
<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
Dilution..........................  Issuance of Common Stock in the Offering could result in
                                    a reduction in the  proportionate ownership interest  in
                                    the   Company.   Issuance   of  Common   Stock   at  the
                                    Subscription Price,  net  of  anticipated  expenses,  is
                                    expected  to  result in  an  immediate dilution  in book
                                    value  per  share  to  investors  in  this  Offering  of
                                    approximately   $0.09   as  of   March  31,   1995.  See
                                    "Dilution."
Financial Advisors................  The Company  engaged  Belle Plaine  Partners,  Inc.  and
                                    McAllen  Capital Partners (the  "Financial Advisors") to
                                    provide  financial   advice   on   and   assistance   in
                                    structuring   the  financial  aspects   of  the  Private
                                    Placement  Offering  and   this  Offering,   identifying
                                    potential  investors in  the Private  Placement Offering
                                    and  assisting   such   investors  in   complying   with
                                    regulatory requirements. See "The Offering."
Determination of Offering Price...  The  price  at  which  the shares  of  Common  Stock are
                                    offered and sold in this Offering was established by the
                                    Board of Directors, who  received assistance in  setting
                                    such  price from  the Financial  Advisors. The  Board of
                                    Directors  took  into  consideration  several   factors,
                                    including  the book value of the Company's Common Stock,
                                    the Company's  and  the Bank's  results  of  operations,
                                    analysis  of the historical  growth and growth potential
                                    of the  Company  and  the  Company's  market  area,  and
                                    assessment  of the  Company's and  the Bank's management
                                    and financial condition. See "Determination of  Offering
                                    Price."
Market for Common Stock...........  The Company's Common Stock is currently thinly traded on
                                    the  over-the-counter market. The Company desires in the
                                    future to apply to list its Common Stock on the  NASDAQ.
                                    However,  the Company does not believe that it qualifies
                                    for such listing at this  time, and the Company has  not
                                    made  a decision on whether to  apply for listing on the
                                    NASDAQ NMS or  NASDAQ Small Cap  market. At the  present
                                    time,  the  Company  has not  met  certain  criteria for
                                    NASDAQ NMS alternative 1 (net income, pretax income, and
                                    a minimum  bid price);  alternative 2  (market value  of
                                    public  float and  a minimum  bid price);  or the NASDAQ
                                    Small Cap Market  (minimum bid price)  (See "MARKET  FOR
                                    COMMON  STOCK"). Although the Company  hopes to meet the
                                    NASDAQ  Small  Cap  criteria  in  the  near  future,  no
                                    assurance can be given that the Company will qualify for
                                    listing  on NASDAQ.  Since January  1, 1995,  there were
                                    three transactions  totaling  26,691  shares  of  Common
                                    Stock at prices of $1.50 to $.80 per share between third
                                    parties  and  not involving  the Company,  and excluding
                                    shares issued by  the Company in  the Private  Placement
                                    Offering.  Shares of Common Stock  issued in the Private
                                    Placement Offering  are subject  to the  transferability
                                    restrictions  contained in Regulation D, and such shares
                                    may not  be  sold, hypothecated,  pledged  or  otherwise
                                    transferred except pursuant to an effective registration
                                    statement or an exemption from registration. The Company
                                    has  agreed to register  such shares by  March 31, 1996.
                                    See "Market for Common Stock."
No Board or Financial Advisor
Recommendation....................  An investment in  shares of  Common Stock  must be  made
                                    pursuant  to each  investor's evaluation of  its, his or
                                    her best  interests.  Neither  the  Company's  Board  of
                                    Directors   nor   the   Financial   Advisors   make  any
                                    recommendation  to   prospective   investors   regarding
                                    whether  they should exercise Rights or purchase shares.
                                    See "The Offering."
</TABLE>
    

                                       7
<PAGE>
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         AS OF OR FOR THE
                                                                                       QUARTER ENDED MARCH
                                                                                               31,
                                                                                       --------------------
                                                                                         1995       1994
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                                           (DOLLARS IN
                                                                                        THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                                                         PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Net interest income................................................................  $     712  $     659
  Provision for loan losses..........................................................     --         --
  Other income.......................................................................        356        167
  Other operating expense............................................................        893        782
  Earnings (loss) before income taxes................................................        175         44
  Net earnings (loss)................................................................        182         44
PER SHARE DATA (4)
  Net earnings (loss)................................................................       0.03       0.06
  Book value.........................................................................       1.26       3.60
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Loans (5)..........................................................................     30,413     34,498
  Assets.............................................................................     63,531     67,777
  Deposits...........................................................................     55,978     64,919
  Allowance for Loan Losses..........................................................        980        471
  Shareholders' equity...............................................................      6,768      2,858
ASSET QUALITY:
  Nonperforming loans (6)............................................................        941      1,749
  Other real estate owned ("OREO") (7)...............................................        617        810
  Total nonperforming loans and OREO.................................................      1,558      2,559
  Loans with modified terms..........................................................     --         --
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS:
  Net charge-offs to average loans...................................................       0.51%      1.73%
  Nonperforming loans and OREO to total period-end loans and OREO....................       5.02%      7.25%
  Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans......................................       3.22%      1.37%
  Allowance for loan losses to period-end nonperforming loans and OREO...............      62.90%     18.41%
SELECTED PERFORMANCE RATIOS:
  Return on average assets...........................................................       0.32%      0.07%
  Return on average shareholders' equity.............................................      15.65%      1.39%
  Average shareholders' equity to average assets.....................................       2.04%      4.80%
CAPITAL RATIOS:
  Tier 1 risk-based..................................................................      22.28%      8.49%
  Total risk-based...................................................................      23.53%      9.38%
  Leverage...........................................................................      10.90%      4.65%
<FN>
- ------------------------
(4)  All per share  numbers are  based on the  number of  shares outstanding  at
     period  end,  and have  been  retroactively adjusted  for  the one-for-five
     reverse stock split effective December 14, 1993. Calculations are based  on
     number  of common  and common equivalent  shares outstanding  of 794,324 in
     1994 and 5,341,434 in 1995. Results for the first quarter of 1994 were  not
     representative  of results  for the  full year,  and results  for the first
     quarter of  1995 may  not be  representative of  the results  that will  be
     achieved for the full year.
(5)  Excludes  deferred loan fees, unearned  interest income on lease financing,
     and allowances for loan losses.
(6)  Includes nonaccrual loans  and loans  past due 90  days or  more but  still
     accruing interest.
(7)  Includes   other  real  estate  acquired   by  the  Company  through  legal
     foreclosure or dead-in-lieu of foreclosure.
</TABLE>

                                       8
<PAGE>
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       AS OF OR FOR THE YEAR
                                                                                         ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     --------------------------
                                                                                         1994          1993
                                                                                     ------------  ------------
                                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS,
                                                                                       EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                                  <C>           <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Net interest income..............................................................  $   2,835     $   3,103
  Provision for loan losses........................................................        995         1,280
  Other income.....................................................................        649           960
  Other operating expense..........................................................      4,338         4,123
  Earnings (loss) before income taxes..............................................     (1,848)       (1,340)
  Net earnings (loss)..............................................................     (1,850)       (1,341)
PER SHARE DATA (8)
  Net earnings (loss)..............................................................      (2.33)        (1.71)
  Book value.......................................................................       0.88          3.68
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Loans (9)........................................................................     31,040        35,369
  Assets...........................................................................     59,974        67,119
  Deposits.........................................................................     58,643        63,715
  Allowance for Loan Losses........................................................      1,137         1,055
  Shareholders' equity.............................................................        702         2,923
ASSET QUALITY:
  Nonperforming loans (10).........................................................        793         2,925
  Other real estate owned ("OREO") (11)............................................        617         1,293
  Total nonperforming loans and OREO...............................................      1,410         4,218
  Loans with modified terms........................................................       --            --
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS:
  Net charge-offs to average loans.................................................       2.82 %        1.96 %
  Nonperforming loans and OREO to total period-end loans and OREO..................       4.45 %       11.89 %
  Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans....................................       3.66 %        3.09 %
  Allowance for loan losses to period-end nonperforming loans and OREO.............      80.64 %       25.01 %
SELECTED PERFORMANCE RATIOS:
  Return on average assets.........................................................      (2.92)%       (1.96)%
  Return on average shareholders' equity...........................................     (74.51)%      (33.20)%
  Average shareholders' equity to average assets...................................       3.92 %        5.90 %
CAPITAL RATIOS:
  Tier 1 risk-based................................................................       3.58 %        7.55 %
  Total risk-based.................................................................       3.79 %        8.81 %
  Leverage.........................................................................       1.75 %        4.36 %
<FN>
- ------------------------
(8)  All per share  numbers are  based on the  number of  shares outstanding  at
     period  end,  and have  been  retroactively adjusted  for  the one-for-five
     reverse stock split effective December 14, 1993. Calculations are based  on
     Weighted  Average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding
     of 794,324 in 1994 and 785,986 in 1993.

(9)  Excludes deferred loan fees, unearned  interest income on lease  financing,
     and allowance for loan losses.

(10) Includes  nonaccrual loans  and loans  past due 90  days or  more but still
     accruing interest.

(11) Includes  other  real  estate  acquired   by  the  Company  through   legal
     foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure.
</TABLE>

                                       9
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

    In  determining  whether or  not  to purchase  the  shares of  Common Stock,
offered hereby, prospective  investors should carefully  consider the  following
factors in addition to the other information set forth herein.

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND OPERATIONS; LOSS IN 1993 AND 1994

    The  Company  experienced  significant economic,  financial  and operational
related difficulties in recent  years. As a result  of the local area  recession
and  the down turn  in the Southern  California real estate  market, the Company
reported a net loss of approximately $1,341,000 for the year ended December  31,
1993 and approximately $1,850,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994, although
the  Company reported  net earnings  of $182,000  during the  three months ended
March 31, 1995.

    Weaknesses in the Southern California economy, including a deterioration  in
the real estate market, led to rising levels of nonperforming assets (defined as
loans  on nonaccrual and loans past due 90 days or more still accruing interest)
in 1993.  Nonperforming assets  grew from  approximately $869,000,  or 1.27%  of
total  assets, at December 31, 1992, to  approximately $2.9 million, or 4.36% of
total assets, at December 31, 1993, before declining to approximately  $793,000,
or  1.32% of total  assets at December 31,  1994. Nonperforming assets increased
slightly to $941,000 or 1.49% of total  assets as of March 31, 1995. The  impact
of the recession on the collectibility of loans, and the value of underlying (or
foreclosed)   collateral  resulted  in  high  provisions  for  loan  losses  and
contributed to the reduction  in earnings in  1992, approximately $1,341,000  in
net  losses in 1993, and approximately $1,850,000 in net losses in 1994. The net
losses  in  1993  and  1994  included  approximately  $1,280,000  in  1993,  and
approximately  $995,000 in 1994, provided for  loan loss losses. Included within
such net losses is a charged-off loan in the amount of $375,000, with respect to
which the Company filed a claim under its Bankers Blanket Bond in 1994, settling
with the bond carrier in the amount of $191,000 less expenses of $19,100 in  the
first quarter of 1995.

    The  Company's net loss for 1993 and  1994 also reflected a reduction in net
interest income that was largely attributable  to a decline in interest  earning
assets  and the  yields thereon, as  well as  the loss of  income on non-accrual
loans and other non-performing assets.

    The ability of the Company to reverse the trend of its net losses is largely
dependent on the quality and level of its earnings and nonperforming assets, the
interest rate environment  and the adequacy  of its allowance  for loan  losses.
While  the Company  has taken  significant measures  to protect  and enhance its
future assets, the  real estate market  in Southern California  and the  overall
economy  in the area is  likely to continue to have  a significant effect on the
quality and level of the Company's assets.  See "Risk Factors -- on Real  Estate
Loans" and "Risk Factors -- Asset Quality; Impact of Recessionary Environment in
the Company's Market Area."

    At   December  31,  1994,  the  Company's  allowance  for  loan  losses  was
approximately $1,137,000, which represented approximately 3.70% of net loans and
approximately 80.6% of  nonperforming loans  and OREO.  At March  31, 1995,  the
Company's   allowance  for   loan  losses  was   approximately  $980,000,  which
represented approximately 3.8% of net loans and 62.9% of nonperforming loans and
OREO. Although management utilizes its  best judgment in providing for  possible
loan  losses and establishing the allowance for loan losses, the allowance is an
estimate which is inherently  uncertain, whose predictive  value depends on  the
outcome  of future  events. Although certain  data indicates  that the Company's
asset quality problems may  have lessened, including  a recent independent  loan
audit  by the  Company's outside  loan auditor, there  can be  no assurance that
these trends  will  continue  or  that further  deterioration  will  not  occur.
Management  of  both the  Company  and the  Bank  remains committed  to devoting
substantial time and resources to the identification, collection and workout  of
nonperforming  assets. The  real estate markets  and the overall  economy in the
Company's primary market area, however, will be significant determinants of  the
quality  of  the Company's  assets  in future  periods  and, thus  its financial
condition and operations. No assurance can be given that substantial  additional
provisions  to the allowance for loan losses or reductions in the carrying value
of OREO will not be required in the  future as a result of the possible  further
deterioration  of  the real  estate market  and the  economic conditions  in the
Company's primary market area. The impact thereof, and possible future increases
in  nonperforming  assets  could  adversely  affect  the  Company's  results  of
operations  and, if sufficiently adverse, lead to further regulatory enforcement
actions. See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis  of Financial Condition  and
Results of Operations" and "Business."

                                       10
<PAGE>
EXISTING AND POTENTIAL ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS

    The  Bank's performance  and credit problems  from 1992  through 1994 raised
concerns for the FDIC and the Superintendent.

    MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING.  As a  result of the deficiencies noted  above,
on  September 22, 1993, the Bank entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (the
"MOU") with both the FDIC and the  Superintendent. The MOU required the Bank  to
take  certain  corrective  actions,  including  reductions  of  problem  assets,
correction of deficiencies in credit administration and the calculation of  loan
loss reserves, and increases in capital to at least 7% by March 22, 1994.

    SECTION 8(B) ORDER.  Following the conclusion of examinations in 1994 by the
FDIC  and the Superintendent,  the Bank stipulated  to the issuance  of an Order
(the "8(b)  Order")  by  the  FDIC  and an  order  (the  "1913  Order")  by  the
Superintendent,  without admitting  or denying  the related  charges. The Orders
require the Bank to perform several actions within fixed time limits. The Orders
include  requirements   with   respect   to  management,   Board   of   Director
participation,  the elimination of  assets classified loss  and the reduction of
substandard  assets,  restrictions  on   extensions  of  credit  to   classified
borrowers,  maintenance of an adequate allowance for loan loss, revised policies
and procedures, a written plan  and comprehensive budget, correction of  certain
violations  of law, and file accurate reports of condition, refraining from cash
dividends without the prior consent of  the regulatory agencies, and the  filing
of  written progress reports. The  Orders also required the  Bank to have Tier 1
capital in an  amount as to  equal or exceed  7% of the  Bank's total assets  by
April 30, 1995, and maintain such ratio thereafter. (See "Risk Factors.")

    SECTION  38 NOTICE.  As a result  of its 1994 examination, the FDIC notified
the Bank that it fell within the undercapitalized capital category under Section
38 of the FDI Act.  As a result of such  notification, the Bank filed a  capital
plan  with the FDIC, and  the Company executed a  guarantee of the capital plan.
However, by March 31, 1995, the Bank achieved compliance with Section 38 as  the
Bank's  leverage capital ratio exceeded 4%  (it was approximately 7.85% at March
31, 1995, following completion of the Private Placement Offering).

    The Bank has taken several actions to comply with the Orders, including  the
Private  Placement  Offering and  this  Offering, and  management  believes (but
cannot assure that  the respective regulator  would agree) that  the Bank is  in
substantial  compliance with provisions  of the Orders. However,  if the FDIC or
the Superintendent determines  that the  Bank is not  in substantial  compliance
with  the Orders, or that its condition has significantly deteriorated, the Bank
could be subject to additional enforcement  actions that would impair the  value
of  an investment in the Company. Enforcement actions may include the imposition
of civil  money  penalties,  limitations  on business  activities  that  can  be
conducted  and, under extreme circumstances, the  imposition of a conservator or
receiver,  the  termination   of  insurance  of   deposits.  In  addition,   the
Superintendent,  may  under  certain  circumstances such  as  insolvency  of the
institution or  its failure  or refusal  to comply  with the  provisions of  any
agreement  lawfully made  by the  Superintendent, take  control of  the Bank and
cause its liquidation or merger or a  transfer of its assets and liabilities  to
another institution. (See "BUSINESS -- Administrative Actions").

CONCERNS RELATING TO REAL ESTATE LOANS

    At  December  31,  1994  and  March 31,  1995,  approximately  83%  and 82%,
respectively, of the Company's  loans were secured by  real estate, either as  a
principal  source of repayment, or as an additional source of repayment on loans
for non-real estate related purposes. See "Management's Discussion and  Analysis
of  Financial Condition and  Results of Operations." The  value of the Company's
real estate  collateral  has been,  and  could in  the  future continue  to  be,
adversely  affected by the economic recession and possible further deterioration
of the real estate market in Southern California.

    The Company's  primary  lending  focus has  historically  been  real  estate
mortgage  lending, construction lending and  commercial lending. At December 31,
1994 and March 31, 1995, real estate mortgage, construction and commercial loans
comprised approximately 39%, 13%, and 39%;  and 37%, 16% and 28%,  respectively,
of  total loans  in the  Company's portfolio. In  light of  the ongoing economic
recession in

                                       11
<PAGE>
Southern California and the impact it has  had and may have on possible  further
deterioration  of the Southern  California real estate  market, this real estate
dependence increases the risk of loss  in both the Company's loan portfolio  and
its holdings of OREO.

ASSET QUALITY; IMPACT OF RECESSIONARY ENVIRONMENT IN THE COMPANY'S MARKET AREA

    The  Company concentrates on marketing to, and servicing the needs of, small
and medium  sized businesses  and high  net worth  individuals in  South  Orange
County,  California.  The  economy in  general  and  the real  estate  market in
particular in this  market area have  suffered from the  effects of the  current
recession  that has negatively impacted the  ability of certain borrowers of the
Company to perform under the original terms of their obligations to the  Company
and  eroded the value of the Company's  real estate collateral. In addition, the
bankruptcy of the County  of Orange, where  the Company, the  Bank and most  its
customers  are  located, in  late 1994,  may also  adversely impact  the Company
through indirect impact  on the level  of economic activity,  or local  taxation
levels.  To date,  the Company has  not experienced any  material adverse impact
that it can relate to such bankruptcy.

    As of December 31,  1994 and March 31,  1995, the Company had  nonperforming
assets  and  OREO  of  approximately  $1,410,000  and  $1,588,000, respectively.
Nonperforming assets were  comprised of approximately  $431,000 and $454,000  in
nonaccrual  loans, approximately $362,000 and $487,000  in loans past due for 90
days or more  but still accruing  interest and approximately  $617,000 The  Bank
also  has off-balance sheet  risk in the  normal course of  business to meet the
financing  needs  of   its  customers.  These   financial  instruments   include
commitments  to  fund commercial  and construction  loan agreements  and standby
letters of credit. See Note 11 to Consolidated Financial Statements of  December
31, 1994.

 .  . .  and $617,000,  respectively, in  OREO at  such dates,  respectively. See
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations."

    The Bank also has off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to
meet  the financing needs of its  customers. These financial instruments include
commitments to  fund commercial  and construction  loan agreements  and  standby
letters  of credit. See Note 11 to Consolidated Financial Statements of December
31, 1994.

    A continuation or worsening of current economic conditions is likely to have
an  adverse  effect  on   the  Company's  business,   including  the  level   of
nonperforming  assets, the  cash flow  of borrowers  and their  ability to repay
outstanding loans, the value  of the Company's real  estate collateral and  OREO
and the demand for new loan originations. Although the Company has taken actions
to  reduce  its  dependence  on  real  estate,  a  further  decline  of economic
conditions that would have  an adverse impact on  the Company remains  possible,
while the Company still faces substantial competition in its market area.

INTEREST RATE RISK

    The  Company's net interest income, which is the difference between interest
income received on its interest-earning  assets, including loans and  investment
securities,   and  the  interest   expense  incurred  in   connection  with  its
interest-bearing liabilities, including deposits, can be significantly  affected
by  changes  in market  interest rates.  The timing  within which  the Company's
assets and liabilities reprice is not perfectly matched. Accordingly, the  yield
on  interest earning assets may at times decline faster than, or not increase as
quickly as, the cost of the Company's funds. A rising interest rate  environment
may  result in decreased origination of  some types of loans (particularly fixed
rate loans), while declining rate environments  may lead to increases in  demand
for  adjustable  rate  loans,  as well  as  increased  principal  repayments and
refinancing of higher yielding loans in the Company's portfolio.

RISK OF FAILURE TO MEET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

    The Company and the  Bank are required to  maintain certain minimum  capital
requirements  that are applicable  to all bank holding  companies and banks. See
"Business." The  Bank  is also  subject  to Orders  that  required the  Bank  to
increase  its Tier 1 capital to 7% of its  total assets by April 30, 1995 and to
thereafter maintain such ratio during the life of the Orders. As a result of the
completion of  the first  phase  of the  Private  Placement Offering,  based  on
preliminary  unaudited figures as of March 31, 1995, the Bank's leverage capital
ratio increased to approximately 7.85%,  which was approximately $539,000  above
the 7%

                                       12
<PAGE>
level  required under the Orders, and the Bank believes it is in compliance with
capital  requirements  under  the  Orders.  See  "Capitalization."  However,  no
assurance can be given that future results after the Closing Date will not cause
the  Bank to once again  fall below the capital  requirements established by the
Orders or other regulatory  requirements. Thus, the Company  may be required  to
raise   additional  capital  in  the  future  through  the  sale  of  additional
securities. Any such sale of additional securities could involve dilution of the
equity ownership of  the shareholders  of the Company,  including purchasers  of
Common  Stock in conjunction with this  Offering. Furthermore, in the event that
the Company or the  Bank fail to satisfy  any of the terms  of the Orders,  they
could  be subject to enforcement  actions by the Federal  Reserve Bank, the FDIC
and/or  the  Superintendent,  including  various  mandatory  and   discretionary
sanctions  and  restrictions  provided  for  in  the  prompt  corrective  action
provision of  the  FDIC Improvement  Act.  See  "Risk Factors  --  Existing  and
Potential Enforcement Action."

RESTRICTIONS ON PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF DIVIDENDS

    The  Company has never paid a cash  dividend on the Common Stock. Management
currently intends to retain all future earnings, if any, to increase the capital
of the Company in order to affect planned expansion and increases in the  assets
of  the Bank. There are  various restrictions on the  Company's ability to pay a
cash dividend, including  a resolution  of the  Bank's Board  of Directors  that
prohibits  the Company from paying any  cash dividend without prior notification
to the Federal Reserve Bank.  Furthermore, the ability of  the Company to pay  a
cash  dividend depends largely on  the Bank's ability to  pay a cash dividend to
the Company. Pursuant to the Orders, the Bank is prohibited from paying any cash
dividend without the prior  approval of the FDIC.  There are also statutory  and
other regulatory restrictions on the Bank's ability to pay cash dividends to the
Company. See "Dividends."

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THE COMPANY

    Acquisitions of Common Stock by persons who are not currently holders of the
Common Stock, or by current holders whose acquisition would increase or maintain
their  equity ownership in  the Company above  5%, could result  in a current or
future "ownership change" within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code, thereby
imposing an annual  limitation significantly reducing  the Company's ability  to
utilize  certain potential  tax benefits  to reduce  taxable income.  Due to the
"ownership change" in connection  with the completion  of the Private  Placement
Offering,  the  Company will  lose its  right  to utilize  all or  a significant
portion  of  certain  potential  tax  benefits,  including  net  operating  loss
carryforwards  of approximately  $2.7 million,  investment tax  carryforwards of
approximately $330,000, and  certain unrealized  built-in losses  as defined  in
Section  382(h)(3) of the Code (tax losses  inherent in the Company's tax assets
on the date  of the ownership  change), unless the  interpretation of a  private
letter  ruling recently issued  by the Internal Revenue  Service would allow the
Company to retain a significant portion of the net operating loss carryforwards.
(See "THE OFFERING -- TAX LIMITATION").

TRADING MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK

   
    Prior to this Offering, the Company's Common Stock has traded only over  the
counter  through two brokers in San Diego and Orange County on a sporadic basis.
The Company desires in the future to  apply to list its Common Stock on  NASDAQ.
However, the Company does not believe that it qualifies for such listing at this
time, and the Company has not made a decision on whether to apply for listing on
the NASDAQ NMS or NASDAQ Small Cap markets. At the present time, the Company has
not  met  certain criteria  for  NASDAQ NMS  alternative  1 (net  income, pretax
income, and a minimum  bid price); alternative 2  (market value of public  float
and  a minimum bid  price); or the  NASDAQ Small Cap  Market (minimum bid price)
(See "MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK"). Although  the Company hopes to meet the  NASDAQ
Small  Cap  criteria in  the near  future, no  assurance can  be given  that the
Company will be able to qualify for such listing. There is no assurance that  an
active  trading  market  for  the  Company's Common  Stock  will  develop  or be
sustained after this Offering or that the Company's Common Stock will be  traded
on  a recognized  exchange or  in any  other organized  market. See  "Market for
Common Stock" and "Determination of Offering Price."
    

                                       13
<PAGE>
DILUTION

    Record Date Holders who do  not exercise their Rights  in full may suffer  a
dilution  in their voting  rights and their proportional  interest in any future
net earnings  of  the  Company.  Purchasers in  this  Offering  will  suffer  an
immediate  dilution in  book value  per share  of approximately  $0.09 following
completion of this  Offering, assuming sale  of all shares  offered hereby.  See
"Dilution" and "Capitalization."

REGULATORY CHANGE

    The  financial institutions  industry is subject  to significant regulation,
which has materially affected  the business of the  Company and other  financial
institutions  in the past and is likely to  do so in the future. Regulations now
affecting the Company  may be  changed at any  time, and  the interpretation  of
these  regulations by  examining authorities of  the Company is  also subject to
change. For a description of certain of the significant changes which have  been
enacted,  and proposals which have been made recently, see "Business." There can
be no assurance that these or any  future changes in the laws or regulations  or
in their interpretation will not adversely affect the business of the Company.

COMPETITION

    The  Company faces substantial competition for deposits and loans throughout
its market area. Competition for deposits comes primarily from other  commercial
banks,  savings institutions, credit unions, thrift  and loans, money market and
mutual funds and other investment alternatives. Competition for loans comes from
other commercial  banks, saving  institutions,  mortgage banking  firms,  credit
unions,  thrift and loans and other  financial intermediaries. The Company faces
competition for deposits  and loans  throughout its  market area  not only  from
local  institutions but  also from  out-of-state financial  intermediaries which
have opened loan  production offices  or which  solicit deposits  in its  market
area.  Many of  the financial intermediaries  operating in  the Company's market
areas offer  certain  services,  such as  trust,  investment  and  international
banking services, which the Company does not offer directly. Additionally, banks
with  larger  capitalization and  financial intermediaries  not subject  to bank
regulatory restrictions have larger lending limits and are thereby able to serve
the credit needs of larger customers.

BEST EFFORTS OFFERING

    Because the shares are being offered  on a best-efforts basis, and there  is
no minimum in the Offering, there is no assurance that all of the shares offered
hereby  will be  sold. If all  or substantially all  shares are not  sold in the
Offering, the Company may not realize all of its plans for future growth and the
Company may have difficulty or be delayed in listing its shares with NASDAQ. The
offering price  of the  shares was  independently established  by the  Company's
Board  of  Directors with  assistance from  the  Financial Advisors.  Since this
Offering is not underwritten or  being sold through NASD member  broker-dealers,
there  has not been an independent review  of matters covered by this Prospectus
as might  be  conducted by  such  members had  they  been affiliated  with  this
Offering.  (See "THE OFFERING,"  "USE OF PROCEEDS"  and "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION
AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" herein.)

                                  THE OFFERING
GENERAL

    The Company hereby offers,  both to shareholders of  the Company and to  the
public,  up to a maximum  of 3,177,296 shares of Common  Stock, no par value per
share, with no minimum.

RIGHTS OFFERING

    RIGHTS.   Shareholders and  non  shareholders alike  may subscribe  for  any
number of shares of Common Stock being offered hereby. However, until          ,
1995,  shareholders of  record ("Record  Date Holders")  of Common  Stock of the
Company as of the close of business  on March 30, 1995 (the "Record Date")  will
have  a right to  subscribe for all or  any portion of four  (4) shares for each
share of Common Stock held. Shareholders that invested in the Private  Placement
Offering  on March 31, 1995  are not Record Date  Holders. The Company presently
intends, but shall  not be  required to,  accept subscriptions  (in addition  to
Rights subscriptions) from shareholders as of the Record Date up to amounts that
would maintain the ownership percentage of such shareholders at the Record Date,
to the extent feasible.

                                       14
<PAGE>
    The  Company has issued Rights to each  shareholder on the Record Date at no
charge to the shareholder. The Company  is not legally obligated to provide  its
shareholders  with preemptive  rights of  any sort.  The Company  is issuing the
Rights in order  to enable its  shareholders to participate  in the Offering  if
they wish.

    If  the Company determines,  following the Rights  Offering Expiration Date,
that the issuance of underlying shares  (other than pursuant to the exercise  of
Rights)  will  have an  adverse  effect upon  the  Company's ability  to utilize
certain tax  benefits,  then  the Company  will  have  the right,  but  not  the
obligation, to reduce the number of underlying shares so issuable.

    PUBLIC  OFFERING.   Common Stock not  subscribed for in  the Rights Offering
will be offered to shareholders who subscribed in the Private Placement Offering
and the  general public  in the  Public Offering.  See "The  Offering --  Public
Offering."   The  Rights  Offering   and  the  Public   Offering  are  sometimes
collectively referred to herein as the "Offerings."

    SUBSCRIPTION PRICE.  The  Subscription Price is  $1.35 per share  subscribed
for  pursuant to the  exercise of Rights  or in the  Public Offering, payable in
cash.

    EXPIRATION DATES.  The Rights Offering  is expected to expire at 5:00  p.m.,
local  time on           , 1995 (the "Rights Offering Expiration Date"), and the
Public Offering is expected to expire in its entirety at 5:00 p.m., local  time,
on           , 1995 (the "Public Offering Expiration Date"). The Public Offering
is subject to extension for up to  two 45-day periods or earlier termination  by
the  Company. The Rights Offering may  be extended to            , 1995, and the
Public Offering will not be extended beyond          , 1995.

    In compliance with the federal securities  laws, any material change to  the
terms  of the Offering  would require an  affirmative resolicitation of offerees
hereunder before subscriptions  are accepted. The  Company will make  reasonable
efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in
which  shareholders entitled to  subscribe for the Common  Stock pursuant to the
Rights Offering reside.  However, no shareholder  will receive any  subscription
rights if he resides in a foreign country or he resides in a state of the United
States  with respect  to which any  or all of  the following apply:  (i) a small
number of shareholders reside in such  state; (ii) the granting of  subscription
rights or the offer or sale of shares of Common Stock to such shareholders would
require  the Company or its employees to  register, under the securities laws of
such state, as a broker, dealer, salesman  or agent or to register or  otherwise
qualify  its securities for sale  in such state; and  (iii) such registration or
qualification would be impracticable for reasons  of costs or otherwise. To  the
extent  shares are  not sold under  such circumstances, such  shares will become
available for offer and sale in the Public Offering. No payments will be made in
lieu of the granting of subscription rights to any such person.

    In the event Subscriptions for the  Rights Offering (i) are not received  by
the  Rights  Offering  Expiration  Date,  (ii)  are  defectively  filled  out or
executed, or (iii)  are not  accompanied by the  full payment  required for  the
shares  subscribed for,  the subscription rights  for the  shareholders for whom
such rights have been granted will lapse as though such persons failed to return
the completed Subscription forms within the time period specified.

    THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS, MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY AND THE FINANCIAL ADVISORS
MAKE NO RECOMMENDATION  TO SHAREHOLDERS REGARDING  WHETHER THEY SHOULD  EXERCISE
THEIR SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS.

CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

    CONSEQUENCES  TO  STOCKHOLDERS  -- The  following  is a  summary  of certain
federal income tax consequences applicable to stockholders upon the issuance  of
the  Rights and to Right  holders upon the exercise or  lapse of such Rights and
purchase and disposition of the Common  Stock. This summary is qualified in  its
entirety  by reference  to, and  is based  upon, laws,  regulations, rulings and
decisions in  effect  on  the  date  of  this  Prospectus  and  as  those  laws,
regulations,  rulings and decisions were interpreted  on such date. This summary
does not discuss all aspects of federal income taxation that may be relevant  to
a  particular  investor or  to  certain types  of  investors subject  to special
treatment under  the federal  income tax  laws (for  example banks,  dealers  in
securities,  life  insurance companies,  tax  exempt organizations,  and foreign
taxpayers), or any

                                       15
<PAGE>
aspect of state, local or foreign tax laws. Shareholders receiving Rights should
consult their own tax  advisors to determine the  proper tax treatment of  their
interests in the Rights and the underlying shares of Common Stock.

ISSUANCE OF RIGHTS

    Section 305(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, (the "Code"), generally
provides  that gross income does not include the amount of any distribution by a
corporation to its  shareholders of  stock or rights  to acquire  stock of  that
corporation.  Although  there  are exceptions  to  the general  rule  of Section
305(a), it is the opinion of Dayton & Associates, the Company's certified public
accountants, that the general rule of Section 305(a) applies to the distribution
of Rights to the shareholders of the Company. Under Section 307 of the Code, the
tax basis of the Rights in the hands of a shareholder of the Company to whom the
Rights were issued will be determined by allocating the tax basis of the  Common
Stock  with  respect to  which the  distribution was  made between  the existing
shares of Common Stock the shareholder holds (the "Old Stock") and the Rights in
proportion to their relative fair market values on the date of distribution.  If
the fair market value of the Rights on the date of distribution is less than 15%
of  the fair market value of the Old Stock,  the tax basis of the Rights will be
zero and the tax basis of the  Old Stock will be unchanged unless a  shareholder
makes an irrevocable election to compute the basis of all Rights received in the
manner described in the preceding sentence. This election is made by attaching a
statement  to such shareholder's federal income tax return filed for the taxable
year in which  the Rights are  received by  a shareholder. The  Company has  not
obtained  an independent  appraisal of  the valuation  of the  Old Stock  or the
Rights. In  either case,  the holding  period of  such Rights  will include  the
period during which the shareholder has held the Old Stock.

EXERCISE OF RIGHTS

    No  gain or loss will be recognized  by shareholders upon exercise of Rights
pursuant to the Offering. The holding period  of the Common Stock acquired by  a
shareholder  upon exercise of the Rights will  commence upon the exercise of the
Rights by the holder thereof. The tax basis of such shares will be equal to  the
sum  of the basis of  the Rights exercised, if any,  and the exercise price paid
for such shares. Persons  who acquire Common Stock  in the Public Offering  will
take  a basis  for the shares  equal to the  Subscription Price and  will have a
holding period that commences with the purchase.

EXPIRATION OF RIGHTS

    Record Date Holders who  allow the Rights  received by them  on the date  of
distribution  to expire unexercised will not recognize  any gain or loss, and no
adjustment will be made to the basis of their common stock.

SALE OF COMMON STOCK

    A shareholder selling Common Stock will recognize gain or loss equal to  the
difference  between the proceeds of sale and the basis of the Common Stock. Such
gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if the Common Stock is a capital asset
in the hands of the shareholder, and  will be long term or short term  depending
upon whether the shareholder's holding period is more than one year.

    BECAUSE  OF THE INDIVIDUAL  NATURE OF TAX  CONSEQUENCES, RECORD DATE HOLDERS
ARE ADVISED  TO  CONSULT THEIR  TAX  ADVISOR WITH  RESPECT  TO THESE  AND  OTHER
FEDERAL,  STATE AND LOCAL  TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE  DISTRIBUTION AND EXERCISE OF
RIGHTS.

    CONSEQUENCES TO THE COMPANY  -- In general, pursuant  to Section 1032(a)  of
the  Code, no gain or loss will be recognized to the Company on the distribution
to its Record Date Holders of the Rights and any payments subsequently  received
pursuant  to such  Rights. The Company  also recognizes  no gain or  loss on the
forfeiture of such Rights. However, under Section  382 of the Code, as a  result
of the completion of the Private Placement Offering, and/or this Offering, and a
change  of  ownership of  more than  50% in  value  of the  Common Stock  of the
Company, then the Company will lose its  rights to utilize all or a  significant
portion  of certain  tax benefits,  including net  operating loss carryforwards,
investment tax carryforwards, and certain  unrealized built-in losses, unless  a
private  letter  ruling recently  issued by  the Internal  Revenue Service  to a

                                       16
<PAGE>
third party and not the Company would allow the Company to retain a  significant
portion  of the  net operating loss  carryforwards, built-in  losses, or utilize
investment tax carryovers. In  the opinion of Dayton  & Associates and Knecht  &
Hansen,  a private letter ruling  is directed only to  the affected taxpayer and
cannot be used or cited a precedent by the Company; therefore no opinion can  be
rendered  regarding the  applicability of the  private letter  ruling. (See "THE
OFFERING -- TAX LIMITATION").

    Furthermore, if the IRS  were to argue  that the Rights  have a fair  market
value  of more than zero, the Company  could suffer adverse tax consequences. To
the extent that the Rights were viewed as a distribution of earnings, and to the
extent that the amount distributed to Record Date Holders The foregoing  summary
of  certain  federal  income tax  consequences  constitutes the  opinion  of the
Company's accountants, Dayton & Associates, and the Company's counsel, Knecht  &
Hansen.  The opinions of Knecht  & Hansen and Dayton  & Associates are identical
regarding the  material tax  consequences,  and that  the opinions  covered  the
material  federal income tax consequences of the transactions. Such opinions are
limited to the federal income tax consequences applicable to stockholders and to
the Company upon the issuance of the Rights to Rights Holders upon the  exercise
or lapse of such Rights.

TAX LIMITATION

    As of December 31, 1994, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately  $2.7  million,  investment  tax  carryforwards  of  approximately
$330,000, and  certain unrealized  built-in  losses as  defined in  Section  382
(h)(3) of the Code. The completion of the Private Placement Offering resulted in
an  "ownership change" within the  meaning of Section 382  of the Code that will
restrict the ability of the Company to deduct previously incurred net  operating
loss  carryovers  or utilize  investment tax  carryovers.  In addition,  if this
Offering were to cause an additional  ownership change, or if future trading  in
the  Company's  shares were  to cause  such an  ownership change,  the Company's
ability to  use its  net operating  loss carryforwards  in the  future could  be
further  adversely affected (the "Section 382 Limitation"). The magnitude of the
Section 382 Limitation is dependent upon the value of the Company as defined  by
the Code. A central point in this issue is whether any of the subsequent capital
infusion  can be included  in the valuation. Although  regulations have not been
issued, the Internal Revenue Service has recently issued a private letter ruling
the interpretation of  which may  allow the  Company to  include the  subsequent
capital  infusion in the valuation and hence  to retain a significant portion of
the net operating loss carryforwards. If the additional capital infusion is  not
considered,  the  annual use  of  the net  operating  loss carryforward  will be
reduced to approximately $60,000 per year. If the additional capital infusion is
considered, the  annual use  of  the net  operating  loss carryforward  will  be
approximately  $240,000 per year. Management  is currently evaluating the ruling
to determine its applicability to the  Company. It is currently unclear  whether
the Internal Revenue Service would issue a similar favorable ruling on behalf of
the  Company.  In the  opinion of  Dayton &  Associates and  Knecht &  Hansen, a
private letter ruling is  directed only to the  affected taxpayer and cannot  be
used  or cited as precedent by the Company; therefore no opinion can be rendered
regarding the applicability  of the private  letter ruling, and  the Company  is
considering  the  advisability of  obtaining a  private  letter ruling  from the
Internal Revenue  Service.  The Company  has  reserved  the right  in  its  sole
judgment  and discretion  to limit the  number of  shares issued as  a result of
exercises of Rights or in the Public Offering to reduce the risk that additional
Section 382  Limitations  will apply.  The  Company will  determine  whether  to
exercise this discretion by comparing the benefits of a successful offering with
any tax detriments associated with an ownership change.

    An "ownership change" will occur if the aggregate percentage point ownership
increase  for all 5%  shareholders for a "testing  period" exceeds 50 percentage
points. For this purpose, a "5%  shareholder" is any direct or indirect  holder,
taking  certain attribution rules into account, of 5% or more of a corporation's
stock. For this purpose, all holders of less than 5% are collectively treated as
a singe  5% shareholder.  In general,  the "testing  period" is  the  three-year
period  ending on the date an ownership  change has occurred. Such period may be
less than three years and  will begin the first day  of the most recent  taxable
year  from which a net operating loss  or excess credit is carried forward. Once
an "ownership change" has occurred, as  of that date, only subsequent  ownership
changes  are tested.  In determining  the amount  by which  5% shareholders have
increased their percentage, the  percentage interest of  each 5% shareholder  on
the  testing  date  is  compared  to  the  lowest  percentage  interest  of such
shareholder at any time during the testing period.

                                       17
<PAGE>
For example, a shareholder whose percentage  ownership increased from 6% to  20%
during  the testing  period will  be considered  to have  had an  increase of 14
percentage points. If  the aggregate  change of  all 5%  shareholders exceed  50
percentage  points as  of the  end of the  "testing period,"  then an "ownership
change" will have occurred.

    The Company retains the discretion to reduce the number of shares of  Common
Stock  to be received by a Rights Holder  or investor in the Public Offering. It
will exercise this discretion by comparing the benefits of a successful offering
with any tax detriments associated with an ownership change.

    The foregoing summary of certain tax limitations constitutes the opinion  of
the Company's accountants, Dayton & Associates.

REGULATORY LIMITATION

    The  Company will  not be required  to issue  shares of Common  Stock in the
Offering to  anyone  who in  the  Company's  sole judgment  and  discretion,  is
required to obtain prior clearance, approval or nondisapproval from any state or
federal bank regulatory authority to own or control such shares unless, prior to
the  Public Offering Expiration  Date, satisfactory evidence  of such clearance,
approval or nondisapproval has been provided to the Company.

    The Federal Change in Bank Control Act of 1978 prohibits a person, or  group
of  persons  "acting in  concert," from  acquiring "control"  of a  bank holding
company unless the Federal Reserve Board  has been given 60 days' prior  written
notice  of such  proposed acquisition  and within  that time  period the Federal
Reserve Board has not issued a  notice disapproving the proposed acquisition  or
extending  for up to another 30 days  the period during which such a disapproval
may be  issued. An  acquisition  may be  made prior  to  the expiration  of  the
disapproval  period if  the Federal Reserve  Board issues written  notice of its
intent not to disapprove the action. Under a rebuttable presumption  established
by  the Federal Reserve  Board, the acquisition of  more than 10%  of a class of
voting stock of  a bank holding  company with a  class of securities  registered
under Section 12 of the Exchange Act (such as the Common Stock) would, under the
circumstances  set  forth  in  the presumption,  constitute  the  acquisition of
control.

    In addition, any "company" would be  required to obtain the approval of  the
Federal  Reserve Board under  the Bank Holding  Company Act of  1956, as amended
("BHC Act") before acquiring 25% (5% in the  case of an acquiror that is, or  is
deemed  to be, a bank  holding company) or more  of the outstanding Common Stock
of, or such lesser number of shares as constitute control over, the Company.

PUBLIC OFFERING

    Shares not  subscribed  for in  the  Rights  Offering may  be  purchased  by
shareholders that purchased in the Private Placement Offering and by the public.

    For  shares of  Common Stock  sold in  the Public  Offering in  the State of
California, nonshareholders  must meet  or exceed  certain investor  suitability
standards  that have been established by the  Company. In order to subscribe for
shares of Common Stock  in the public  portion of the Offering  in the State  of
California,  a nonshareholder must represent on the Public Offering Subscription
form either (i) that he or she  has a net worth (exclusive of home,  furnishings
and  automobile) of at  least $50,000 in 1994  and expects to  have income of at
least $50,000 in  1995, or (ii)  that he or  she has a  net worth (exclusive  of
home, furnishings and automobile) of at least $150,000.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

    The Offering is not underwritten. The Company is offering the shares through
its  directors and executive  officers on a "best  efforts" basis. The directors
and executive officers will  not be compensated in  connection with selling  the
shares,  but they will  be reimbursed for  reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, if
any, incurred in connection with the Offering. It is not expected, however, that
any such expenses will be significant. The Company does not intend to engage  or
compensate  nor seek  the assistance  of any  broker, underwriter  or securities
dealer in connection with  the Offering; however, the  Company may elect to  use
sales resources independent of the Company, and consequently, the Company may in
its  sole discretion pay such fees,  costs, commissions and expenses of brokers,
underwriters, dealers and other sales personnel as necessary.

                                       18
<PAGE>
    The Company  engaged the  Belle Plaine  Partners, Inc.  and McAllen  Capital
Partners  ("the  Financial Advisors")  to render  such  services as  the Company
requests including (i) reviewing  the financial condition  and prospects of  the
Company  and advising  the Board  of Directors  regarding the  Private Placement
Offering and the Rights Offering; (ii)  assisting the Company in structuring  of
the financial aspects of the Private Placement Offering and the Rights Offering;
(iii)  assisting  the  Company  in  the  preparation  of  the  Private Placement
memorandum describing the Company; (iv) identifying potential investors; and (v)
assisting the investors  to evaluate  the need for,  and to  make any  necessary
applications or notices to regulatory agencies. The Financial Advisors shall not
effect  the sale  of securities  to any  investors, and  any offers  or sales to
investors shall be made by the Company or a properly licensed broker-dealer.

    The principals of the Financial Advisors (Mr. John Eggemeyer of Belle Plaine
Partners  and  Mr.  John  Rose  of  McAllen  Capital  Partners)  have  extensive
experience  in  the banking  industry and  in  providing consulting  services to
financial institutions.  Mr. Eggemeyer  is currently  Chairman of  the Board  of
Rancho  Santa Fe National  Bank since January  of 1995, and  since 1990 has been
President and principal owner of Belle Plaine Partners. Mr. Eggemeyer was also a
managing director of Mabon Securities Corp.,  a senior executive officer of  TCF
Bank  Illinois FSB,  President of First  Trust Company, President  of Intra West
Financial Corporation, Chemical Bank, Norwest Bancorporation, and First National
Bank of Chicago. Mr. Eggemeyer  is currently chairman of  the Board of TCF  Bank
Illinois  FSB and a  director of TCF  Financial Corp. Mr.  Eggemeyer has over 27
years of  banking experience.  Since January  of  1994, Mr.  Rose has  been  the
President  and owner of  McAllen Capital Partners and  has also assisted several
financial institutions in  providing consulting  and recapitalization  services.
Mr.  Rose has  also been  Senior Vice  President of  River Valley  Savings Bank,
President of Livingston Financial Group, a venture capital firm, and Senior Vice
President of ABN La Salle, North America, all located in Chicago, Illinois.  Mr.
Rose  is currently  an executive officer  of FNB  Corporation, Pennsylvania. Mr.
Rose has over 20 years of banking experience.

    The Financial Advisors will receive a fee equal to five percent (5%) of  the
gross  proceeds of the Offering and a  payment of their expenses. The Company is
also responsible for all NASD and Blue  Sky legal expenses and filing fees.  The
Company  shall  also provide  to  the Financial  Advisors  a warrant  which will
entitle the Financial Advisors to purchase shares  equal to 5% of the number  of
shares  issued and outstanding following completion  of this Offering at a price
of 120% of the offering price. The warrant will expire five years after issuance
and will  be exercisable  after the  first  year. The  Company will  attempt  to
convert  the warrant  to an  option under the  Company's 1993  Stock option than
under the same terms and conditions, except  that the term would be extended  to
ten  (10)  years.  If this  Offering  is  completely sold,  the  warrant  to the
Financial Advisors  will  contain  425,937 shares.  Pursuant  to  the  agreement
between  the Company and the Financial Advisors,  the Company has agreed to hold
the Financial Advisors harmless against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities
and expenses which  may be  asserted against the  Financial Advisors,  including
liabilities  under the Securities Act of 1933,  in connection with the offer and
sale of the shares of Common Stock.

    On May 17,  1995, the  Company and  Belle Plaine  Partners ("Belle  Plaine")
agreed  that Belle Plaine  would act as  the exclusive financial  advisor to the
Company in connection with the Company's efforts to (a) acquire other  financial
institutions  or (b) effect  a sale of the  Company or a  material amount of its
assets or  liabilities  (collectively,  the "Transaction").  Belle  Plaine  will
provide  certain services including (i) assisting the Company in the structuring
of financial aspects of the Transaction, (ii) identifying potential parties, and
(iii) negotiating terms  of such  transactions. The  Company has  agreed to  pay
Belle  Plaine $9,000  upon execution, $9,000  per quarter,  certain fees ranging
from 1% to 3% per Transaction, and  certain costs and expenses. Pursuant to  the
agreement  between the Company and Belle Plaine,  the Company has agreed to hold
Belle Plaine harmless against all losses, claims, damages, and liabilities under
this agreement.

    Other than Mr. Rose agreeing to stand for election to the Board of Directors
of the Company at  the Company's 1995 Annual  Meeting of Shareholders  scheduled
for  July 17, 1995, and Mr. Rose agreeing  to serve as the Company's Chairman of
the Board, there is no agreement, written or otherwise, between the Company  and
Mr.  Rose with regard to  his position and any  future position on the Company's
Board of Directors.

                                       19
<PAGE>
    The price of  the shares of  Common Stock offered  in the Private  Placement
Offering  and in  this Offering  was independently  established by  the Board of
Directors, with assistance from the  Financial Advisors. The Board of  Directors
took  into  consideration  several  factors, including  the  book  value  of the
Company's Common Stock, the Company's and the Bank's results of operations,  and
other factors. (See "DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE.")

    The  Company understands that its directors and officers, upon and after the
effective date of  the Offering,  may contact a  potential investor,  indicating
that  the  Company's  Registration  Statement and  Offering  have  been declared
effective, and that the Prospectus  and any supplemental materials approved  for
use by the Commission would be sent to the potential investor. Such directors or
officers shall inform the potential investor that the Offering has nothing to do
with  the potential investor's business activities  with the Bank. Such director
and/or officer may follow up such initial contact by telephone or in person once
the potential investor has received the offering materials.

    Except for some directors, management does not expect that all directors and
officers will participate  in this  Offering, and management  expects that  upon
conclusion  of this  Offering that  the ownership  of current  directors will be
diluted.

    The Company has no devices in place  to prevent a change of control,  except
requirements  of the Change of Bank Control Act. See "The Offering -- Regulatory
Limitation."

ESCROW ACCOUNT

    Monarch Bank ("Escrow Agent"), the  wholly-owned subsidiary of the  Company,
will  act as the escrow agent to accept  stock orders in the Rights Offering and
the Public Offering. All funds will be held by the Escrow Agent until such funds
are distributed to the Company at  the Closing or refunded to subscribers.  Once
all conditions precedent to the consummation of one or more of the Closings have
been  satisfied or duly waived, the Escrow  Agent will release the funds held in
the escrow to  the Company.  All communications to  the Escrow  Agent should  be
addressed as follows:

                             Monarch Bank
                             30000 Town Center Drive
                             Laguna Niguel, California 92677
                             Attn: William C. Demmin
                                  Senior Vice President

METHOD OF SUBSCRIBING FOR SHARES

    Shares  may be ordered in the  Offerings by properly completing, signing and
delivering the appropriate Subscription Form accompanying this Prospectus (I.E.,
a Subscription Form for the Rights Offering or the Public Offering). Payment may
be made by personal  check, cashier's check or  certified check or money  order.
Checks  should be made payable  to the order of  "Monarch Bank -- Escrow Agent."
Completed Subscription Forms and full payments for shares subscribed for in  the
Rights  Offering must be  received before 5:00  p.m., local time,  on the Rights
Offering Expiration Date  and in  the Public Offering  on or  before 5:00  p.m.,
local  time, on the Public Offering Expiration  Date at the Escrow Agent, unless
extended. ALL SUBSCRIPTIONS ARE IRREVOCABLE.

    The method of delivery of a Subscription Form to the Escrow Agent is at  the
risk  of the person submitting the order. The Company suggests that an overnight
carrier be used to ensure timely delivery.  If delivery is made by regular  mail
service,  the use  of registered  or certified  mail, return  receipt requested,
properly insured,  is recommended.  COMPLETED  SUBSCRIPTION FORMS  AND  PAYMENTS
SHOULD BE MAILED OR DELIVERED TO MONARCH BANK.

THE CLOSINGS

    The  Company intends to conduct one or  more closings in connection with the
Offering. On the Rights  Offering Expiration Date, the  Company will conduct  an
initial  closing upon which shares of Common Stock will be issued to subscribers
whose subscriptions have been  accepted, the Bank as  escrow agent will  release
the  funds representing  the orders  of such  subscribers, and  the Company will
continue the Offering until completion or termination.

                                       20
<PAGE>
DELIVERY OF STOCK CERTIFICATES; REFUNDS

    Certificates representing shares of Common Stock subscribed for and  issued,
together  with any refund,  with interest, of  the Offering Price  for shares of
Common Stock subscribed in the Offering and  not issued, will be mailed as  soon
as  practicable upon the  completion or termination of  both the Rights Offering
and Offering. Certificates  for shares of  Common Stock issued  pursuant to  the
exercise  of Rights will be registered in the name of the shareholder exercising
such rights.

AMENDMENT AND WAIVER; TERMINATION

    The Company reserves the right to extend the Offering Expiration Date for up
to two  periods of  an  additional 45  days  each and  to  amend the  terms  and
conditions  of the Offering.  The amended terms  and conditions, if  any, may be
more or less favorable to the shareholders of record as of the Record Date.  The
Company  will  not, however,  amend the  terms  of the  Offerings to  change the
Offering Price, and  any material  change to the  terms of  the Offerings  would
require  an affirmative  solicitation by  the Company.  All questions  as to the
validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt and record ownership) and
acceptance of any stock orders shall be determined by the Board of Directors  of
the  Company, in its sole  discretion, and its determination  shall be final and
binding. The Company reserves the right to reject any stock order if such  order
is  not in accordance with the terms of the Offering or not in proper form or if
the acceptance thereof or the issuance of Units pursuant thereto could be deemed
unlawful. The  Company  also reserves  the  right  to waive  any  deficiency  or
irregularity with respect to the Subscription Form.

    The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, at any time prior to
delivery  of the shares of Common Stock  offered hereby, to terminate the Rights
Offering and  the Offering  by making  a public  announcement thereof.  In  such
event, all funds would be promptly refunded without interest.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    Any   questions  or  requests  for   assistance  concerning  the  method  of
subscribing for shares of Common Stock in the Rights Offering or Public Offering
or for additional copies of the Prospectus or Subscription Order Forms should be
directed to E. Lynn Caswell, President  and Chief Executive Officer, William  C.
Demmin,  Senior  Vice President,  or Carole  Z.  Bowman, Senior  Vice President,
telephone (714) 495-3300.

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

    The net proceeds of the Offering will be used for general corporate  banking
purposes  and to  allow for  the prudent  expansion of  the organization through
continued growth in its present facility,  and to expand into other  communities
in  Southern  California, possibly  through the  acquisition of  other financial
institutions or acquisition or establishment  of branches of such  institutions,
subject  to regulatory  approvals and satisfaction  of the terms  of the Orders.
Upon completion  of  the  Private Placement  Offering  to  accredited  investors
pursuant to SEC Regulation D on March 31, 1995, the Company issued an additional
4,547,111  new shares of Common Stock, $3,550,000 was contributed to the Bank to
increase the  Company's investment  in  the Bank,  $53,500  was used  to  retire
Company  debt, and  approximately $2,065,000  was retained  by the  Company. The
Company believes  that it  has complied  with the  capital requirements  of  the
Orders.  In  addition, the  Company  may raise  up  to an  additional $3,989,350
pursuant to this Offering.  It is anticipated that  the Company will retain  the
funds  raised  upon  the  completion  of  this  Offering  for  general corporate
purposes, future investment or acquisition, or to enhance the Bank's capital  in
the  future.  Although the  Company  has had  preliminary  discussions regarding
possible acquisitions with a number  of financial institutions, and the  Company
is  having ongoing discussions with Rancho  Santa Fe National Bank, Rancho Santa
Fe, California, no agreements or understandings have been reached at this time.

    Although the Bank currently exceeds  all capital requirements applicable  to
its  business, no assurance can  be given that the  results of operations in the
future will not make the capital  raised hereby insufficient to maintain the  7%
minimum required by the Orders.

    The  net proceeds  of the Offering  initially will be  invested in deposits,
debt securities, equity of the Bank,  or other liquid investments pending  their
allocation to longer term assets.

                                       21
<PAGE>
PRO FORMA CAPITAL AMOUNTS AND CAPITAL RATIOS

    The following tables illustrate the capitalization amounts and ratios of the
Company  and the  Bank as  of March  31, 1995  and the  pro forma  effect of the
Offering on such ratios, assuming all shares of Common Stock offered hereby  are
sold,  and estimated costs of  $300,000 are incurred. The  net proceeds from the
Private Placement Offering completed on March 31, 1995 are also included in  the
following  tables. No minimum number  of shares are required  to be sold in this
Offering, and actual results of the Offering  may be much less than the  amounts
and ratios reflected in the following tables.

                           RISK BASED CAPITAL RATIOS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   AT MARCH 31, 1995
                                                              ----------------------------
                                                               THE COMPANY     THE BANK
                                                              -------------  -------------
                                                              AMOUNT  RATIO  AMOUNT  RATIO
                                                              ------  -----  ------  -----
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Tier 1 Capital..............................................  $6,768  21.91% $4,996  16.09%
Tier 1 Capital -- Minimum Required..........................   1,236   4.00%  1,242   4.00%
  Excess....................................................   5,532          3,754
Tier 1 Capital -- Pro Forma (12)............................  10,757  30.84%  4,996  16.09%
  Excess....................................................   9,522          3,754
Total Capital...............................................   7,156  23.17%  5,384  17.34%
Total Capital -- Minimum Required...........................   2,471   8.00%  2,484   8.00%
  Excess....................................................   4,685          2,900
Total Capital -- Pro Forma..................................  11,145  31.95%  5,384  17.34%
  Excess....................................................   8,674          2,900
Risk Weighted Assets (Actual)...............................  30,889         31,052
Risk Weighted Assets (Pro Forma)............................  34,878         31,052
<FN>
- ------------------------
(12) Net  proceeds  of  approximately $3.99  million  would be  realized  by the
     Company after deduction  of estimated  costs of  issuance of  approximately
     $300,000, and the Company would retain all net proceeds.
</TABLE>

                            LEVERAGE CAPITAL RATIOS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       AT MARCH 31, 1995
                                                              -----------------------------------
                                                                THE COMPANY          THE BANK
                                                              ----------------   ----------------
                                                              AMOUNT   RATIO     AMOUNT   RATIO
                                                              ------  --------   ------  --------
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Tier 1 Capital to total Average (Assets)....................  $6,768     10.66%  $4,996   7.85%
Tier 1 Capital to total Average Assets -- Minimum Required..   3,175      5.00%(2)  4,457  7.00%(3)
  Excess (Deficiency).......................................   3,593                539
Tier 1 Capital to total Average Assets Pro Forma (1)........  10,757     15.94%
  Excess....................................................   7,582
Average Assets for the Period (Actual)......................  63,508             63,671
Pro Forma Assets............................................  67,497
<FN>
- ------------------------
(2)  Under the Federal Reserve Board's leverage capital adequacy guidelines, all
     bank  holding companies must maintain a  leverage capital ratio of at least
     3%. However, institutions which are not among the most highly rated by  the

</TABLE>
                                       22

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>  <C>
     federal  regulators must maintain a ratio 100-to-200 basis points above the
     3% minimum. The federal Reserve Board  has not informed the Company of  the
     amount  by which its leverage capital ratio must exceed the 3% minimum, but
     the Company is currently in excess of the 5% ratio.

(3)  Provides for  minimum Tier  1 risk-based  capital ratio  and minimum  total
     risk-based  capital ratio for bank  holding companies and banks established
     by Federal Reserve Board regulation, except  that the 7% leverage ratio  is
     the  minimum requirement contained in the Orders. See "Management's Discus-
     sion and Analysis  of Financial  condition and Results  of Operations"  and
     "Business."

(4)  Net   Book  value  represents   the  Company's  total   assets  less  total
     liabilities.
</TABLE>

                                    DILUTION

    At March  31, 1995,  the book  value of  the Company's  Common Stock(4)  was
$6,768,000  or $1.26 per share. Without taking  into account any changes in book
value after March 31, 1995, other than to give effect to the completion of  this
Offering  of 3,177,296 shares of  Common Stock, the pro  forma book value of the
Company would be  $10,757,350 or  $1.26 per share  of Common  Stock. This  would
represent  a DE MINIMUS decrease  in pro forma book  value of $0.004 to existing
shareholders, and an immediate decrease in  book value of $0.09 to investors  in
the shares of Common Stock.

    The  following  table  illustrates  the  pro  forma  in  net  book  value to
purchasers of shares as of March 31, 1995 assuming the sale of the maximum level
of 3,177,296 shares of Common Stock of the Company and completion of the Private
Placement Offering.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
Net book value per share before the Offering....................................  $ 1.267
Decrease attributable to subscriptions by Purchasers............................  $ 0.004
Pro forma net book value per share after Offering...............................  $ 1.263
Decrease per share to Purchasers................................................  $ 0.09
</TABLE>

                        DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

    Prior to this Offering, there has been only a limited trading market in  the
Company's Common Stock. See "Market for Common Stock." No assurance can be given
that  a more active market for the Company's Common Stock will exist as a result
of the Offering. The price at which  the shares of Common Stock are offered  and
sold  in this Offering was independently  established by the Board of Directors,
who received assistance in setting such  price from the Financial Advisors.  The
Board  of Directors also took into  consideration several factors, including the
book value of the Company's Common  Stock, the Company's and the Bank's  results
of  operations, analysis  of the historical  growth and growth  potential of the
Company and the Company's market area,  and assessment of the Company's and  the
Bank's  management  and  financial  condition. Neither  the  Company's  Board of
Directors or  its  Financial Advisors  make  any recommendation  to  prospective
investors regarding whether they should exercise Rights or purchase shares. (See
"Offering.")

                            MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK

    The Company is aware of two securities dealers who have handled transactions
in  its Common  Stock: Spelman  & Company,  San Diego,  California, and Crowell,
Weedon &  Company,  Laguna Hills,  California  (the "Securities  Dealers").  The
Company  effected a One-For-Five  Reverse Stock Split on  December 14, 1993, and
the prices  per share  listed below  have been  retroactively adjusted  for  the
Reverse  Stock Split. The  Company effected the Reverse  Stock Split for several
reasons, including the resulting increase in book value per share to qualify for
listing on NASDAQ.

   
    The Company's  Common Stock  currently is  traded over-the-counter,  is  not
listed  on  any exchange,  and is  not  quoted by  NASDAQ. Although  the Company
desires to be listed on  NASDAQ, the Company does  not believe it qualifies  for
such listing at this time, and the Company has not made a decision on whether to
apply  for listing on the NASDAQ National Market System or the Small Cap market.
At the present time,  the Company has  not met certain  criteria for NASDAQ  NMS
alternative  1 (Net  income of  $400,000 in latest  fiscal year  or 2  of last 3
fiscal years, pretax income of  $750,000 in the latest fiscal  year or 2 of  the
last 3 fiscal
    

                                       23
<PAGE>
   
years,  and a minimum bid price of $5.00 per share); Alternative 2 (market value
of public float of $15 million and a  minimum bid price of $3.00 per share);  or
the NASDAQ Small Cap Market ($3.00 minimum bid price). The Company has had a net
loss the last two years, and the bid price of the Company's stock is $1.30 as of
July  11, 1995. No assurance can be given that the Company will qualify for such
listing on NASDAQ, nor that an active public trading market for the Common Stock
will develop subsequent  to the Offering.  The number of  record holders of  the
Company's Common Stock as of March 31, 1995 was approximately 724.
    

    The following table summarizes those trades of Company Common Stock of which
management  is  aware, setting  forth the  high  and low  sales prices  for each
quarterly period  since  December  31,  1992,  retroactively  adjusted  for  the
One-For-Five  Reverse Stock  Split that was  effected on December  14, 1993. The
table does not represent all trades that have occurred, of which the Company  is
not aware.

                                       24
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                APPROXIMATE
                                                               SALES PRICES
                       QUARTER ENDED                          ---------------
                     (LAST TRADING DAY)                       HIGH(1)  LOW(1)
- ------------------------------------------------------------  -------  ------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
December 31, 1992...........................................   5.00     3.25
March 31, 1993..............................................   5.00     4.50
June 30, 1993...............................................   4.75     4.25
September 30, 1993..........................................   4.25     3.75
December 31, 1993...........................................   4.25     3.75
March 31, 1994..............................................   3.75     2.50
June 30, 1994...............................................   None     None
September 30, 1994..........................................   2.44     1.90
December 31, 1995...........................................   0.80     0.80
March 31, 1995..............................................   1.50     0.80
<FN>
- ------------------------
(1)  High  and low  prices have been  retroactively adjusted to  account for the
     One-For-Five Reverse Stock Split effective December 14, 1993.
</TABLE>

    The information in  the above  table may not  be indicative  of the  current
value  of Common Stock of the Company, and  the table is not a representation as
to the future value of  the Common Stock of the  Company. Since March 31,  1995,
there have not been any significant trades of the Company's Common Stock. Trades
totaling  26,691 shares of the Company's  Common Stock occurred during the first
quarter at $1.50 to $.80 per share.

                                   DIVIDENDS

    The Company has never paid a  cash dividend on the Common Stock.  Management
currently intends to retain all earnings, if any, to increase the capital of the
Company to affect planned expansion activities and to pay dividends only when it
is  prudent to do so and the  Company's performance justifies such action. There
are various limitations on the Company's ability to pay a cash dividend. As part
of Board  of Director  resolutions, the  Company  may not  pay a  cash  dividend
without  providing prior  notice to  the Federal  Reserve Bank.  See "Business."
Furthermore, the ability of the Company  to pay a dividend depends largely  upon
the Bank's ability to pay a cash dividend to the Company. Pursuant to its Orders
with  the FDIC and  the Superintendent, the  Bank is prohibited  from paying any
cash dividends without  the prior  consent of the  FDIC. Although  the Board  of
Directors  believes this limitation  would be eliminated when  and if the Orders
are satisfied and removed by the  FDIC and the Superintendent. No assurance  can
be  given that any dividends will be declared  by the Company or the Bank in the
foreseeable future.

    Holders of Company Common Stock  are entitled to receive dividends  declared
by  the Company's  Board of  Directors out  of funds  legally available therefor
under the laws  of the State  of California. Under  California law, the  Company
would  be prohibited  from paying  dividends unless:  (1) its  retained earnings
immediately prior to the  dividend payment equals or  exceeds the amount of  the
dividend;  or (2) immediately after giving effect to the dividend (i) the sum of
the Company's assets would be at least equal to 125% of its liabilities and (ii)
the current  assets of  the  Company would  be at  least  equal to  its  current
liabilities,  or, if  the average  of its  earnings before  taxes on  income and
before interest expense  for the two  preceding fiscal years  was less than  the
average  of its interest  expense for the  two preceding fiscal  years, at least
125% of its current liabilities.

    The Bank  may declare  cash dividends  to its  parent out  of funds  legally
available  therefor.  Under California  law, funds  available for  cash dividend
payments by  a bank  are restricted  to  the lesser  of: (1)  retained  earnings
(undivided  profits), or (ii)  the Bank's net  income for its  last three fiscal
years (less any  distributions to  shareholders made during  such period).  Cash
dividends  may also be paid out of net income for a bank's past preceding fiscal
year upon the prior approval of  the Superintendent, without regard to  retained
earnings  or net income for  its past three fiscal  years. If the Superintendent
finds that  the stockholders'  equity of  a bank  is not  adequate or  that  the
payment  of a dividend would be unsafe or unsound for a bank, the Superintendent
may order a bank not to pay any dividend to a bank's shareholders.

                                       25
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION

    The  following  table  sets  forth the  consolidated  capitalization  of the
Company as of March 31, 1995, adjusted to give pro forma effect to completion of
the Offering as of  March 31, 1995,  and assumes that  (i) 3,177,296 shares  are
sold  in  this  Offering,  and  (ii)  the  Company  will  have  net  proceeds of
approximately $3.99 million, after deducting estimated expenses of $300,000. The
financial information included  in this section  and throughout this  Prospectus
should  be read  in conjunction with  the Consolidated  Financial Statements and
accompanying Notes appearing  elsewhere herein.  The table is  provided for  the
purpose of illustration only and does not limit the right of the Company to sell
any number of shares of Common Stock in the Offering up to the maximum number of
shares  of Common  Stock offered.  See "Use of  Proceeds" for  Pro Forma Capital
Ratios.

    There is no minimum  number of shares to  be purchased in this  best-efforts
offering,  and the actual results of the Offering  may be in a range between the
amounts shown in the two columns in the following table. The table also reflects
shares that have already been issued in the Private Placement Offering.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          ASSUMING SALE OF
                                                                         3,177,296 SHARES OF
                                                                           COMMON STOCK TO
                                                         OUTSTANDING        COMPLETE THIS
                                                          (ACTUAL)           OFFERING(6)
                                                        -------------  -----------------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>
Shareholders' Equity
  Preferred Stock, no par value, 5,000,000 shares
   authorized, no shares outstanding..................       N/A                 N/A
Common Stock, no par value, 25,000,000 shares
 authorized, 5,341,435 shares outstanding before
 completion of this Offering..........................  $  13,036,000      $    17,025,350
Accumulated Deficit...................................     (5,955,000)          (5,955,000)
Unrealized appreciation on certain investment
 securities...........................................       (150,000)            (150,000)
Deferred charge related to SOP........................       (163,000)            (163,000)
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY............................  $   6,768,000      $    10,757,350
<FN>
- ------------------------

(6)  Does not reflect  shares that may  be issued pursuant  to the granting  and
     exercise  of employee stock options or  the exercise of options anticipated
     to be issued to the Financial Advisors.
</TABLE>

                                       25
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

STATISTICAL DISCLOSURE

    Average balances are based on the annual averages for 1994 and 1993 and  are
representative of operations.

DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

    The  following table sets forth the Company's condensed consolidated average
balances (monthly averages)  of each principal  category of assets,  liabilities
and  shareholders' equity  for each of  the past  two years. All  amounts are in
thousands as of December 31.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1994       1993
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>
ASSETS:
  Cash and due from banks............................................................      3,993      4,502
  Due from banks -- time.............................................................      2,712      2,488
  Investment securities -- held to maturity..........................................      5,508     10,148
  Investment securities -- available for sale........................................     11,537          0
  Federal funds sold.................................................................      3,817      8,167
  Loans (net)........................................................................     32,397     40,774
  Premises and equipment (net).......................................................        730        568
  Other real estate owned............................................................      1,313      1,037
  Other assets.......................................................................      1,302        787
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
    Total Assets.....................................................................     63,309     68,471
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Demand Deposits....................................................................     46,148     47,329
  Savings Deposits...................................................................      7,369      8,308
  Time Deposits......................................................................      6,872      8,178
  Other Debt.........................................................................         54        310
  Other Liabilities..................................................................        383        306
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
    Total Liabilities................................................................     60,826     64,431
  Common Stock.......................................................................      7,367      7,326
  Retained Earnings (Deficit)........................................................     (4,884)    (3,286)
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
    Total Equity.....................................................................      2,483      4,040
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
      Total Liabilities and Equity...................................................     63,309     68,471
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

INTEREST RATES AND DIFFERENTIALS

    The Company's  consolidated earnings  depend primarily  upon the  difference
between  the income  the Bank  receives from  its loan  portfolio and investment
securities, and its cost of funds  -- principally, interest paid on savings  and
time  deposits.  Interest  rates  charged on  the  Bank's  loans  are influenced
principally by  the demand  for such  loans,  the supply  of money  for  lending
purposes,  and  competitive factors.  These factors  are,  in turn,  affected by
general economic conditions and other factors beyond the Bank's control, such as
federal economic and tax policies, the  general supply of money in the  economy,
governmental budgetary actions, and the actions of the Federal Reserve Board.

                                       26
<PAGE>
    Information  concerning average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities, along with the average interest  rates earned and paid thereon,  is
set  forth in the following  table. Loan income includes  loan fees as accounted
for on a yield basis under SFAS No. 91.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             INTEREST RATES AND DIFFERENTIALS
                                                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED 12/31/94                  YEAR ENDED 12/31/93
                                                         -----------------------------------  -----------------------------------

<CAPTION>
                                                          AVERAGE     INCOME/      AVERAGE     AVERAGE     INCOME/      AVERAGE
                                                          BALANCE     EXPENSE      RATE %      BALANCE     EXPENSE      RATE %
                                                         ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
  Interest-bearing deposits placed with banks..........      2,712         111        4.09%       2,488          93        3.74%
  Investment Securities (HTM)..........................      5,508         258        4.68%      10,148         505        4.98%
  Investment Securities (AFS)..........................     11,537         535        4.64%           0           0        0.00%
  Federal Funds Sold...................................      3,817         155        4.06%       8,167         210        2.57%
  Loans and Leases (net) (1)...........................     32,397       2,879        8.88%      40,774       3,539        8.68%
                                                         ---------       -----   -----------  ---------       -----   -----------
    Interest-earning Assets:...........................     55,971       3,938        7.04%      61,577       4,347        7.06%
NON INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
  Cash and Due from Banks..............................      3,993                                4,502
  Premises and equipment (net).........................        730                                  568
  Other Real Estate owned..............................      1,313                                1,037
  Other Assets.........................................      1,302                                  787
                                                         ---------                            ---------
      Total............................................     63,309                               68,471
                                                         ---------                            ---------
                                                         ---------                            ---------
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
  Interest-bearing Demand Deposits.....................     32,590         723        2.22%      34,906         755        2.16%
  Savings Deposits.....................................      7,369         153        2.08%       8,308         212        2.55%
  Other Time Deposits..................................      6,872         224        3.26%       8,178         272        3.33%
  Long Term Debt.......................................         54           2        3.70%          78           6        7.69%
                                                         ---------       -----   -----------  ---------       -----   -----------
      Total Interest-bearing Liabilities:..............     46,885       1,102        2.35%      51,470       1,245        2.42%
                                                                         -----                                -----
  Non-Interest bearing Demand..........................     13,558                               12,423
  Non-Interest bearing Liabilities.....................        383                                  538
      Shareholders' equity.............................      2,483                                4,040
                                                         ---------                            ---------
                                                            63,309                               68,471
                                                         ---------                            ---------
                                                         ---------                            ---------
Net Interest Income....................................                  2,836                                3,102
                                                                         -----                                -----
                                                                         -----                                -----
Net Yield on Interest-bearing Assets...................                               5.07%                                5.04%
                                                                                 -----------                          -----------
                                                                                 -----------                          -----------
<FN>
- ------------------------

(1)  Non-performing loans are included in average loans, and interest income for
     loans includes loan fees. The Bank has no tax-exempt investments.
</TABLE>

                                       27
<PAGE>
    The following  table sets  forth  changes in  interest income  and  interest
expense,  and  the amount  of  change attributable  to  variances in  volume and
variances in interest rates. The change in interest due to both volume and  rate
has  been allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship
of the  absolute  dollar amounts  of  the  change in  each.  Non-performing  and
non-accrual  loans are included  in volume rate loan  calculations and loan fees
based on a level yield basis. The Bank has no tax-exempt assets.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        INTEREST RATES AND DIFFERENTIALS
                                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   1994 OVER 1993                     1993 OVER 1992
                                                       ---------------------------------------  --------------------------

<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               CHANGE DUE
                                                           TOTAL           CHANGE DUE TO            TOTAL          TO
                                                         INCREASE     ------------------------    INCREASE     -----------
                                                        (DECREASE)      VOLUME        RATE       (DECREASE)      VOLUME
                                                       -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------  -----------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
INTEREST INCOME
  Interest and fees on loans.........................         (660)         (741)          81          (801)         (339)
  Interest bearing deposits with banks...............           18             8           10            53            65
  Interest on investment securities HTM..............         (247)         (219)         (28)           68           235
  Interest on investment securities AFS..............          535           535            0             0             0
  Interest on federal funds sold.....................          (55)         (143)          88             0            46
                                                               ---           ---          ---           ---           ---
Total Interest Income................................         (409)         (560)         151          (680)            7
                                                               ---           ---          ---           ---           ---
INTEREST EXPENSE
  Interest bearing demand deposits...................          (32)          (51)          19           140           239
  Interest on savings deposits.......................          (59)          (22)         (37)          (31)           38
  Interest on other time deposits....................          (48)          (43)          (5)         (564)         (256)
  Long Term Debt.....................................           (4)           (2)          (2)           (2)            0
                                                               ---           ---          ---           ---           ---
Total interest expense...............................         (143)         (118)         (25)         (457)           21
                                                               ---           ---          ---           ---           ---
Net interest income..................................         (266)         (443)         176          (223)          (14)
                                                               ---           ---          ---           ---           ---
                                                               ---           ---          ---           ---           ---

<CAPTION>

<S>                                                    <C>

                                                         RATE
                                                       ---------
<S>                                                    <C>
INTEREST INCOME
  Interest and fees on loans.........................       (462)
  Interest bearing deposits with banks...............        (12)
  Interest on investment securities HTM..............       (167)
  Interest on investment securities AFS..............          0
  Interest on federal funds sold.....................        (46)
                                                             ---
Total Interest Income................................       (687)
                                                             ---
INTEREST EXPENSE
  Interest bearing demand deposits...................        (99)
  Interest on savings deposits.......................        (69)
  Interest on other time deposits....................       (308)
  Long Term Debt.....................................         (2)
                                                             ---
Total interest expense...............................       (478)
                                                             ---
Net interest income..................................       (209)
                                                             ---
                                                             ---
</TABLE>

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

    Investment securities as presented  are held by the  Bank and are stated  at
cost,  adjusted  for amortization  of premiums  and  accretion of  discounts. In
December 1993, the Bank implemented FASB 115, mark-to-market for its  investment
securities.  As of December  31, 1994 and 1993,  respectively, the portfolio was
segregated as follows ($'000)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1994       1993
                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Securities Available for Sale (AFS -- FMV).................................     11,780     14,914
Securities Held to Maturity (HTM -- cost)..................................      4,358      3,285
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                16,138     18,199
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

    In making its determination for  classifying each security as available  for
sale  or held  to maturity,  the Bank  considers several  factors including: (i)
short-and mid-term liquidity needs; (ii)  the need to have securities  available
for  pledging purposes for public deposits;  (iii) the average life and interest
rate characteristics of the securities (fixed or adjustable rate); and (iv)  the
probability of future market interest rate changes. Securities Held to Maturity,
as  a rule, are  fixed rate investments  with short-term maturities  in 1995 and
into 1996; securities Available  for Sale have either  very short maturities  or
are tied to floating rates that reprice annually or more frequently.

                                       28
<PAGE>
    The  following table  summarizes the  "book" value  of investment securities
(cost basis  for  securities Held  to  Maturity  and current  market  value  for
Available for Sale investments). All dollar amounts are in thousands:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             --------------------
                                                                               1994       1993
                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
U. S. Gov.'s and Agencies..................................................     10,844     15,047
Investment Funds (U.S. Government Securities)..............................      5,191      3,002
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Other Securities...........................................................        103        150
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                16,138     18,199
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

    The  following  tables show  the maturities,  based  on repricing  dates and
contract dates, of investment securities at December 31, 1994, and the estimated
weighted average yields of such securities. All dollar amounts are in thousands:

Maturities based on earliest repricing date

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    AS OF
                                                                              DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                                                             --------------------
                                                                              AMOUNT      YIELD
                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Maturing within one year...................................................     14,281      5.68%
Maturing after one year but within five years..............................      1,857      5.88%
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                16,138      5.70%
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

Maturities based on stated maturities only

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    AS OF
                                                                              DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                                                             --------------------
                                                                              AMOUNT      YIELD
                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Maturing within one year...................................................      5,191      5.62%
Maturing after one year but within five years..............................      3,743      5.89%
Maturing after five years but within ten years.............................        104      4.28%
Maturing after ten years...................................................      7,100      5.75%
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                16,138      5.70%
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

    The Bank does not have a securities  Trading Account and does not intend  to
trade securities.

    Additional   discussions   concerning  investments,   including  information
relating to derivatives and structured notes,  are included in the MD&A  section
for  INVESTMENT  ACTIVITIES and  in the  audited  financial statements  that are
included as a part of the December 31, 1994 Form 10-KSB.

                                       29
<PAGE>
LOAN PORTFOLIO

    The following table sets forth the  amount of loan financing outstanding  at
the  end of the following periods, according to type of loan. All dollar amounts
are in thousands:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             --------------------
                                                                               1994       1993
                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Real estate construction...................................................      4,032      5,061
Real estate mortgage.......................................................     12,226     12,138
Commercial.................................................................     12,089     14,037
Installment................................................................      2,693      4,134
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                31,040     35,370
  Less: Deferred loan fees.................................................        (52)      (119)
      Allowance for possible loan losses...................................     (1,137)    (1,056)
                                                                             ---------  ---------
Total loans and leases.....................................................     29,851     34,195
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

    With certain exceptions, the Bank is permitted under California law to  make
loans  to a single  borrower in aggregate  amounts up to  15% of the  sum of the
Bank's shareholders' equity,  allowance for  loan losses,  capital reserves,  if
any,  and debentures,  if any,  for unsecured  loans (as  defined for regulatory
purposes), and up to 25% of such sum for the aggregate of secured and  unsecured
loans  (as defined). As of  December 31, 1994 these  lending limits for the Bank
were approximately $307,000 for unsecured loans, and approximately $511,000  for
secured  loans. The Bank  sells participations in loans  where necessary to stay
within lending limits or  to otherwise limit the  Bank's exposure in  particular
credits.  Where deemed appropriate  to better utilize  available funds, the Bank
may purchase participations in loans.

MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITIES OF LOANS TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES

    The following table  sets forth  the maturity  distribution and/or  interest
rate  sensitivity of the Bank's  loan portfolio (excluding residential mortgages
of 1-4 family  residences and installment  loans) as of  December 31, 1994.  All
dollar amounts are in thousands:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     ONE YEAR
                                                        ONE YEAR      THROUGH       OVER
                                                         OR LESS      5 YEARS      5 YEARS      TOTAL
                                                       -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Real estate construction.............................       3,652          380            0       4,032
Commercial and Financial.............................       4,807        6,703          579      12,089
                                                            -----        -----          ---   ---------
                                                            8,459        7,083          579      16,121
                                                            -----        -----          ---   ---------
                                                            -----        -----          ---   ---------
Loans maturing after one year with:
  Fixed interest rates...............................                    4,076           74
  Variable interest rates............................                    3,007          505
                                                                         -----          ---
                                                                         7,083          579
                                                                         -----          ---
                                                                         -----          ---
</TABLE>

NONACCRUAL, PAST DUE AND RESTRUCTURED LOANS

    The  following table shows Bank nonaccrual, past due and restructured loans.
All dollar amounts are in thousands:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                 ----------------------
                                                                                    1994        1993
                                                                                    -----     ---------
<S>                                                                              <C>          <C>
Non-accrual loans..............................................................         431       2,420
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest.....................         362         505
Restructured loans.............................................................           0           0
Interest income that would have been recorded under original terms.............          26          98
Income recorded during period..................................................          42           0
</TABLE>

                                       30
<PAGE>
    There were  no commitments  to  lend additional  funds to  borrowers  listed
non-accrual or past due 90 days or more.

    The  Bank's  policy concerning  non-performing  loans is  to  cease accruing
interest, and to charge off all accrued  and unpaid interest on loans which  are
past  due as  to principal  and/or interest  for at  least 90  days, or  at such
earlier time as Management determines timely collection of the interest to be in
doubt; except that in certain circumstances accrued interest is not charged  off
on  adequately  secured  loans  which  are  deemed  by  Management  to  be fully
collectible. Additionally, loans which are 90 days or more past due may continue
accruing interest if  they are both  well secured  and in the  process of  being
collected.

POTENTIAL PROBLEM LOANS

    Except  as noted above, as of March 31, 1995, Management is not aware of any
borrowers who are experiencing severe  financial difficulties, or in the  normal
course  of business, represent any identified  loss potential. The Bank monitors
all loans and  completes a monthly  internal watch list,  which is inclusive  of
both loans past due and/or borrowers that have been identified as having special
difficulties.  The watch list is reviewed  by external credit examiners at least
quarterly and the results submitted to the Board.

LOAN CONCENTRATIONS

    The Bank's loan portfolio is diverse, and as of March 31, 1995 there are  no
specific  concentrations  to any  one borrower  or group  of borrowers  that are
engaged in similar activities which would cause them to be similarly impacted by
economic or other considerations.

SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE AND RESERVE FOR LOAN LOSSES

    The following  table  summarizes  loan  balances,  loans  charged  off,  the
provision  for  credit  losses  charged  to  expenses,  the  Reserve,  and  loan
recoveries. All dollar amounts are in thousands:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEARS ENDED
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------
                                                               1994    1993
                                                              ------  ------
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>
RESERVE FOR POSSIBLE CREDIT LOSSES:
  Balance -- beginning of period............................   1,056     575
    Loans charged-off:
      Real estate...........................................     796      60
      Construction..........................................       0      75
      Commercial............................................     167     599
      Installment...........................................      29      81
                                                              ------  ------
        Total...............................................     992     815
RECOVERIES ON LOAN CHARGE-OFFS:
      Real estate...........................................      40       8
      Construction..........................................       0       0
      Commercial............................................      33       5
      Installment...........................................       5       3
                                                              ------  ------
        Total...............................................      78      16
                                                              ------  ------
Net loans and leases charged-off............................     914     799
Provision charged to operating expenses.....................     995   1,280
                                                              ------  ------
  Balance -- end of period..................................   1,137   1,056
                                                              ------  ------
                                                              ------  ------
LOANS:
  Average loans outstanding during period...................  32,397  40,774
  Total loans at end of period..............................  29,851  34,195
RATIOS:
  Net loans charged-off to average loans....................   2.82%   1.96%
  Reserve as a percent of end of period loans...............   3.81%   3.09%
</TABLE>

                                       31
<PAGE>
    The Bank  entered  1994 having  made  a large  increase  in the  Reserve  in
December  1993 based on borrowers' information  currently available and based on
preliminary economic information that suggested  that the recession was  showing
signs  of improvement. The  economy was in  fact improving in  many areas of the
county --  but not  in the  local area.  The Bank's  local market  was hit  very
severely  by the tail  end of the  recession and, in  several instances, in 1994
commercial borrowers who had never reported financial difficulties or were  past
due  simply declared  bankruptcy. In several  other cases,  individuals who lost
their long-term jobs stopped making payments. In 1994 the Bank charged  $542,000
to  loan losses concurrent with the acquisition of two properties as OREO. These
losses were both related to a severe  drop in the actual and appraised value  of
real  estate. The two properties that were acquired as OREO were properties that
were originally  valued  on a  cost  basis at  $2.3  million and  $1.3  million,
respectively  -- this is  the property level  that was most  severely hit by the
recession. Properties at this value represent  an exception for the Bank's  loan
portfolio, and Management does not feel there are other large loans with similar
problems  in the current  portfolio that have not  been adequately considered in
the analysis of the Reserve.

    While comparative data  is not available  for December 31,  1994, an  Orange
County  peer group summary done  by Grant Thornton LLP  using September 30, 1994
Call Report data shows the following comparisons:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              TOTAL ASSETS OF
                                                                           GREATER THAN $50MM AND
                                                              MONARCH   LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO $125MM
                                                              -------   ----------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>
Loan Loss Reserve/Gross Total Loans.........................    3.66%                2.81%
Loan/Deposit Ratio..........................................   50.90%               70.40%
Loan Loss Reserve/Non-Perfoming Loans.......................  143.38%              140.19%
Non-accrual Loans/Gross Loans...............................    1.39%                3.23%
</TABLE>

    The same ratios for  banks with total  assets of less  than $50 million  and
those  with more than $126  million show similar patterns  for problem loans and
generally high  reserves.  Based on  preliminary  reports for  other  banks  for
December  1994, other banks are also seeing  a decrease in the volume of problem
loans and a settling of the Reserve levels from recent very high levels.

    The Bank has  not been  active in areas  that involve  hazardous waste,  and
based  on  portfolio reviews  by  the Bank  and  during credit  review processes
including regulatory  examinations, NO  loans have  been identified  that  would
appear to be of concern because of hazardous material.

    The  Bank  makes a  variety of  loans  available to  its customers.  It also
attempts to  control or  reduce the  risks associated  with different  forms  of
lending  by (i)  employment of  experienced loan  officers; (ii)  loan committee
review and approval of all loans of $250,000 or more to any one borrower;  (iii)
loan  committee review and approval of any loan which represents an exception to
loan policy and/or  of any  new or renewed  loan to  a borrower who  has a  loan
internally  or externally  classified as special  mention or worse;  and (iv) by
limiting loan activity  to loan types  that are within  the experience level  of
loan  officers and the loan committee. As an additional control for construction
lending, the Bank also uses a  professional outside source for all fund  control
disbursements.

                                       32
<PAGE>
    The  Bank's Adequacy  Analysis of the  Reserve for Loan  Losses was prepared
using November 30, 1994 data, with specific changes as part of the 1994 audit to
reflect known changes in the portfolio, shows (dollars in thousands or %):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              UNCLASSIFIED   RESERVE %   RESERVE $
                                                              ------------   ---------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>         <C>
Commercial Loans............................................      6,563         1.00%        66
Construction Loans..........................................      4,222         1.00%        42
Land Loans..................................................      1,623         1.00%        16
SBA Loans...................................................        441         1.00%         4
Cash Secured Loans..........................................        387         0.00%         0
Real Estate Loans...........................................     11,715         1.00%       111
Installment Loans...........................................      2,328         1.00%        23
Home Equity Lines...........................................        809         2.00%        14
Redi-Credit.................................................        234         2.00%         5
Overdrafts..................................................         13         1.00%         0
MB Credit Cards.............................................        109         1.00%         1
                                                                 ------      ---------      ---
                                                                 28,444         1.00%       282
CLASSIFIED LOANS:
  Substandard...............................................      2,764        10.60%       265
  Doubtful..................................................        479        50.00%       240
  Loss......................................................          8       100.00%         8
                                                                 ------      ---------      ---
                                                                  3,251        16.00%       513
                                                                 ------      ---------      ---
Total Loans.................................................     31,695         2.50%       795
</TABLE>

    The Adequacy  Analysis  also allows  for  economic uncertainties  and  other
possible  unknown factors which are included  in the $342,000 difference between
the $785,000 calculated reserve and the actual reserve of $1,137,000 in December
1994. Reserves for unclassified loans  are calculated based on historic  reviews
of  charge off activity  for similar loan  types and other  factors including an
assessment of actual collateral  and payment history  for these loans.  Reserves
for classified loans are based on a loan by loan review and estimate of possible
loss  should the  borrower be  unable to fully  repay the  loan. During December
1994, the one  small loan  identified as  a loss  was charged  off. The  Reserve
analysis  was  reviewed and  confirmed  by a  firm the  Bank  uses to  perform a
detailed review of loans and of the Reserve, and by the full Board. It was  also
carefully  reviewed as part of  the due diligence done as  part of their work in
conjunction with  structuring  and  completing the  private  placement  for  the
Company's common stock.

DEPOSITS AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

    The  Bank provides a range  of deposit types to meet  the needs of the local
community. Time  deposits,  which are  normally  sensitive to  competitive  rate
changes, are generally used to expand or contract the overall liability position
needed to meet the various management ratios established for liquidity, capital,
loans  to deposits, and other  funding measurements. As a  policy, the Bank does
not accept or solicit brokered deposits.

                                       33
<PAGE>
    The following  tables  show  the  average amount  of  interest  bearing  and
non-interest  bearing  deposits and  rates  as of  December  31, 1994  and 1993,
respectively. All dollar amounts are in thousands:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1994 AVERAGE    1993 AVERAGE
                                                              --------------  --------------
                                                              BALANCE   RATE  BALANCE   RATE
                                                              -------   ----  -------   ----
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>   <C>       <C>
Non-interest bearing deposits...............................   13,558   0.00%  12,423   0.00%
Interest bearing demand deposits............................   32,590   2.22%  34,906   2.16%
Savings deposits............................................    7,369   2.08%   8,308   2.55%
Time deposits...............................................    6,872   3.26%   8,178   3.33%
                                                              -------   ----  -------   ----
Total (1)...................................................   60,389   1.82%  63,815   1.94%
                                                              -------   ----  -------   ----
<FN>
- ------------------------
(1)  Includes non-interest bearing  deposits for  both amount  and rates.  Rates
     represent weighted averages.
</TABLE>

    The  average rates are somewhat  deceptive in showing a  lowering of cost of
funds, as rates showed a measurable increase in the last few months of 1994. The
cost of funds  is also impacted  by increases in  non-interest bearing  deposits
which  was part of the Bank's 1994 and  1995 business plan as one way to control
cost of funds.

    The following  table shows  the maturity  schedule of  time certificates  of
deposit  of $100,000 or more as of December  31, 1994. All dollar amounts are in
thousands:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
3 months or less............................................  1,659
Over 3 months through 6 months..............................    601
Over 6 months through 12 months.............................      0
Over 1 year.................................................      0
                                                              -----
    Total...................................................  2,260
                                                              -----
                                                              -----
</TABLE>

RETURN ON EQUITY AND ASSETS

    The following table presents the key ratios for the Company based on average
assets, average equity, and net income for the years 1994 and 1993

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1994     1993
                                                              -------  -------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
Return on assets............................................    (2.9%)   (2.0%)
Return on equity............................................   (74.5%)  (33.2%)
Equity to assets............................................     3.9%     5.9%
</TABLE>

                                       34
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

    The $1,850,000  loss as  of  December 31,  1994 embodied  three  significant
issues:  (i) a decrease of approximately $5.1 million in average assets and more
specifically a shift in earning assets  from generally higher yielding loans  to
generally  lower  yielding investments;  (ii)  a continuation  of  the recession
related credit problems  as troubled borrowers  from 1993 could  no longer  meet
their loan commitments in 1994 as measured in a $995,000 provision for loan loss
expense;  and (iii)  a $360,000  write-off of  expenses for  a 1994 unsuccessful
public offering.

REDUCTIONS IN ASSETS

    The Bank's average assets decreased  in 1994 by approximately $5.1  million,
and  average earning  assets decreased  by approximately  $5.6 million  for five
reasons: (1) the recession; (2) low loan demand; (3) Management's willingness to
allow a reduction in total  deposits which could not  be profitably used in  the
normal   lending   program   or   short-term   investments;   (4)   Management's
acknowledgment of the need to manage  regulatory capital ratios during a  period
of  reduced shareholders' equity; and  (5) an increase in  the average level for
OREO.

    Economic conditions in  1994 continued to  show the effects  of a  prolonged
recession  in the  local market;  however, most  current information  during the
first quarter of  1995 suggests that  the local economy  is finally starting  to
recover.  This recovery includes improvements in employment data and an apparent
bottoming of the declines in real estate values. The bankruptcy of Orange County
will impact certain  areas of  the local  economy, but  the full  extent of  the
impact has not as yet been determined.

    Average  net loans decreased by approximately  $8.4 million in 1994 during a
period when interest  rates for  both loans  and deposits  were increasing.  The
Bank's  primary  focus in  1994  was working  with  existing borrowers  who were
attempting to  survive the  recession while  screening all  new credit  requests
under the highest underwriting standards. Excess funds not used for lending were
moved to other investments, with the Bank electing to maintain a very high level
of  cash liquidity rather than reach for higher yielding, longer-term investment
alternatives. The decrease in total interest income of approximately $409,000 is
primarily attributed to the decrease in  loan volume since loan rates  increased
for  most  of  the year.  Interest  rates  on all  earning  assets progressively
increased in  1994  as the  Federal  Reserve systematically  increased  interest
rates; however, the most measurable increases were during the latter part of the
year.  While interest rates  were increasing on earning  assets and on deposits,
the increase for  deposits was  much less as  the Bank  consistently priced  its
deposit products nearer the lower end of the deposit rate ranges for other local
financial institutions.

INVESTMENT ACTIVITY

    The  Bank had  a full  year's experience  with FASB  115 which  requires the
investment portfolio to be segmented  into three possible categories:  available
for  sale (AFS), held to  maturity (HTM), and trading. The  Bank does not have a
trading portfolio and  had no sales  of securities  from either its  AFS or  HTM
portfolios  in 1994, and the Bank does not, as a rule, expect to sell securities
from the AFS portfolio  except under unforeseen  circumstances to meet  specific
funding  or liquidity needs.  Decisions on the  portfolio allocation between AFS
and HTM are  made based on  the expectation that  variable rate securities  (AFS
portfolio)  would allow  for some automatic  adjustment to market  values over a
reasonably short period (one to two years in most rate change cycles) while  the
shorter-term,  fixed-rate  investments (HTM's)  would  not be  required  to book
accounting cost adjustments during swings in investment prices.

    While FASB 115  requires the AFS  portfolio to be  adjusted to market  value
directly  through  the  equity account,  banking  regulators, as  a  group, have
excluded this  equity  accounting  adjustment from  capital  ratio  calculations
because  of the  short-term volatility  of the adjustments  that may  or may not
represent a real change in equity capital.

                                       35
<PAGE>
    The Bank's investment  portfolio, including information  through the end  of
March,  1995,  displays  the  following  volatility  in  considering  the Bank's
investment portfolio:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  MARCH 1995    DECEMBER 1994    DECEMBER 1993
                                                  -----------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                               <C>          <C>              <C>
HTM
  Cost basis....................................       4,590          4,405            3,285
  Market value..................................       4,465          4,170            3,274
                                                  -----------        ------           ------
    Appreciation/(depreciation).................        (125)          (235)             (11)
AFS
  Cost basis....................................      11,910         12,137           14,861
  Market value..................................      11,760         11,780           14,914
                                                  -----------        ------           ------
    Appreciation/(depreciation).................        (150)          (357)              53
</TABLE>

    While the Bank has divided its  portfolio into HTM and AFS components,  each
security  was purchased with the full intent  of holding to maturity based on an
overall yield and position  in the Bank's laddered  cash flow from  investments.
Changes  in  prices for  the  bond market  are not  expected  to impact  the AFS
portfolio except  for FASB  115 accounting  adjustments to  equity, and  Banking
regulators  do not  include such  adjustments, either  positive or  negative, in
their capital ratio calculations. To reinforce or support its intent to hold all
securities to  maturity,  the  Bank has  been  very  aware of  its  current  and
projected cash liquidity versus funding needs and/or possible large decreases in
deposits.  Anticipated loan growth  in 1995 is  expected to be  funded from very
short-term investments and some increases in deposits which will be stressed  as
part  of relationship banking. The Bank has  been able to maintain a strong core
deposit base during  1994 and the  start of  1995 during a  period of  generally
negative  press on community banks as a group, and during a period when the Bank
was placed  under  regulatory orders  and  saw  its capital  levels  slip  below
acceptable  levels. The increase in capital in  March 1995 should allow the Bank
to continue to  maintain its core  deposits and attract  new deposits at  market
rates for growth.

    The  Bank, as part of its investment portfolio, holds derivative securities.
These securities include three Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)  which
total  approximately $2,487,055 at current market  value with a weighted average
rate of 6.82% and  a weighted average  life of 3.44 years.  All three CMO's  are
periodically  tested using the  FFIEC High Risk  Security Test, and  each of the
securities has  passed the  tests that  are used  by bank  regulators to  assess
relative  CMO investment risks.  The Bank also  holds a $2.5  million SLMA Multi
Step-up security  that will  reprice to  increasingly higher  levels each  March
unless  called during the  next four years.  The SLMA security  paid interest at
5.3% until March 30, 1995 when the rate increased to 5.6%, until March 30,  1996
when  the rate increases to 6.25%, until  March 30, 1997 when the rate increases
to 7.25%, until March  30, 1998 when  the rate increase  to 8.25%. The  security
matures  on March  30, 1999  but is  subject to  call in  whole or  in part each
semi-annual interest payment date. This security is carried as held to maturity.
The Bank  in establishing  its held  to maturity  portfolio has  considered  its
intent and ability to hold this investment to maturity versus possible liquidity
needs,  and  the Bank  does  not expect  to  realize any  loss  or gain  on this
security. The book value of this security as of March 31, 1995 was $2.5  million
while  the market value was $2.45 million. The Bank's Investment Committee makes
every effort  to  keep informed  about  both the  perceived  and real  risks  of
derivative  securities, and has  set general limits on  the types of derivatives
the Bank can purchase at the most  basic levels which include step-up notes  and
CMO's.

    As  of March  31, 1995, the  three CMO's have  the following characteristics
including a projected gain or loss given  a change in interest rates of plus  or
minus 100 basis points:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  GAIN/      BOOK      MODIFIED     GAIN/LOSS    GAIN/LOSS
CLASS.                        RATE      COST ($)   MARKET ($)   LOSS ($)     YIELD     DURATION      +100 BP      -100 BP
- --------------------------  ---------  ----------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                         <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
AFS.......................        ARM   1,004,330     998,090      (6,240)      7.2%        4.51       (7,188)      (2,127)
HTM.......................         FX   1,008,380     971,835     (36,545)      6.9%        2.46      (46,525)     (19,528)
HTM.......................         FX     498,905     488,939      (9,966)      4.2%        0.97      (21,891)      13,370
</TABLE>

    The  Bank  has not  been  involved in  any  off balance  sheet  hedging type
activities.

                                       36
<PAGE>
CREDIT RISK AND LOAN ISSUES

    NET CHARGE OFFS:  The following table  illustrates the net  results of  loan
charge offs and recoveries in 1994, 1993 and 1992 (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1994         1993         1992
                                                                              -----        -----        -----
<S>                                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>
Real estate..............................................................         756           52           90
Construction.............................................................           0           75           70
Commercial...............................................................         134          594           32
Installment..............................................................          24           78           15
                                                                                  ---          ---          ---
                                                                                  912          799          207
</TABLE>

    The  trend for net charge offs in 1994, 1993 and 1992 is a direct reflection
of the impact of the recession. Net charge offs on a historic basis on a  larger
loan portfolio base in 1991 and 1990 were $27,000 and $31,000, respectively.

    Of  the $992,000 in total loan losses in 1994, three borrowers accounted for
$717,000 or 72% of the total. Two large real estate loans were acquired  through
foreclosure  in 1994  and because  of the  distressed market  for million dollar
homes, these  loans  were  written down  through  the  Reserve at  the  time  of
foreclosure  by $542,000. One of the  properties subsequently sold at the booked
price, and the other is still owned by the Bank at a book value of approximately
$617,000. The Bank is actively attempting to sell this property, and the current
appraised value --  less estimated selling  costs -- continues  to support  this
value;  however, there  are a  limited number of  buyers for  properties in this
area, and  the sales  market  is slow.  Both of  these  real estate  loans  were
defaulted upon because of marital problems even though the borrowers appeared to
have  adequate cash flows to meet their payments. The third large borrower was a
$175,000 loan that was charged off when the borrower was forced to close one  of
his  two business locations.  There were also  14 additional charge  offs with a
mean average of $20,000 and a high of $77,000 and a low of $640.

    A review of past due and nonaccrual  loans as of December 31, 1994 and  1993
shows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1994                   1993
                                                                          ------------       --------------------
                                                                         #                       #
                                                                        --         $'000        --        $'000
                                                                                   -----                ---------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
Past due 60 - 89 days..............................................          2           3           4        106
Past due 90 + and accruing.........................................          3         362           3        505
Non-accruing.......................................................          6         431           4      2,420
                                                                            --                      --
                                                                                       ---              ---------
                                                                            11         796          11      3,031
</TABLE>

    As of April, 1994, the three loans Past due 90 + and still accruing included
(i)  two loans that are secured by  real estate (supported by current appraisals
or market reviews), and (ii)  one loan that has  paid off. The nonaccrual  loans
include  (i) two loans  that are secured  by real estate  with reasonable equity
based on  current appraisals;  (ii) one  loan that  was restored  to an  accrual
status  in  February  1995  because of  improved  financial  performance  and 11
consecutive months of current monthly payments;  and (iii) a final loan that  is
secured  by real estate that is  currently being refinanced by another financial
institution.

    There are no loans,  classified for regulatory  purposes as loss,  doubtful,
substandard,  or special mention that have not been disclosed which represent or
result from trends  or uncertainties  which management  reasonably expects  will
materially impact future operating results, liquidity, or capital resources, nor
are  there material  credits about  which management  is currently  aware of any
information which causes management to have serious doubts as to the ability  of
such borrowers to comply with the loan repayment terms.

    The  Bank holds one OREO property which was written down by $300,000 when it
was acquired in 1994, and by an additional $200,000 as of December 31, 1994. The
property's book value of $617,000 is  supported by a current appraisal, and  the
property  is being actively marketed. This property is located in an area of the
state where real estate  sales are still  very slow. The  original cost of  this
home  was approximately $2.3 million. The Bank  completed the sale of other OREO
properties in 1994 with little  or no net gain or  loss. The Bank estimates  the
monthly carrying cost of the remaining OREO at approximately $5,000 per month.

                                       37
<PAGE>
PUBLIC OFFERING EXPENSES

    On  May 13,  1994, pursuant  to an  order from  the Securities  and Exchange
Commission, Monarch Bancorp commenced an offering of a minimum of 833,333 shares
and a maximum of 2,333,333 shares of Common Stock at a price of $3.00 per share.
The offering  was  undertaken  in  order to  raise  additional  capital  (i)  in
accordance  with  the  Memorandum  of Understanding  (the  "MOU"),  an agreement
entered into between Monarch Bank (the wholly-owned subsidiary of the  Company),
the  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the California Superintendent of
Banks ("Superintendent"), and  (ii) to  provide additional  capital for  prudent
expansion  of  the Bank  through continued  growth of  its present  facility and
possible future facilities. The MOU required the Bank to have a leverage capital
ratio of 7%, and as of December 31, 1993, the Bank had a leverage capital  ratio
of  4.63%. The  offering was  underwritten by  Spectrum Securities,  Inc. At the
conclusion of the offering on October 15, 1994, Monarch Bancorp failed to  raise
the  minimum of $2.5 million and the funds  held in the impound account at First
Interstate  Bank  of  California  were  returned  with  interest  to   investors
subscribing   in  the  offering.  Direct   and  indirect  offering  expenses  of
approximately $360,000 were written off in the 4th quarter of 1994. As a  result
of  the failure to receive the minimum amount  in the offering, the Bank was not
in compliance with the 7% Tier 1 requirement contained in the MOU.

LIQUIDITY AND INTEREST RATE RISK

    During 1994,  the  Bank consistently  maintained  very high  cash  liquidity
(Cash, Investments (both HTM and AFS at cost), and Federal Funds Sold divided by
Total  Deposits)  of  approximately  40%  or  greater.  Conversely,  the  Bank's
loan-to-deposit ratio for most of 1994 was in the range of 55% to 60%. The  high
liquidity  was a  product of  low demand  for loans  and very  high underwriting
standards during the latter part of a major recession.

    The following table breaks  down rate sensitivity  for earning assets  (RSA)
and  rate sensitive liabilities  (RSL) based on  the earliest possible repricing
dates for variable rate instruments, or  for fixed rate assets and  liabilities,
on   scheduled  maturities.  The   table  includes  experience-based  prepayment
assumptions for mortgage  loans. Mortgage  loan repayments  are based  on a  six
moving  average for repayments or approximately 3% per month and uses PSA speeds
for projecting repayments on  mortgage-backed investment securities. No  attempt
has  been made  to spread  interest-bearing transactional  based demand accounts
over future  periods since  the Bank  does not  have sufficient  information  to
predict the relative interest rate changes for rate sensitive assets versus rate
sensitive  transactional  accounts.  Preliminary  studies  of  Bank  information
suggest both  a repricing  delay in  the relative  changes in  rates on  earning
assets  versus interest-bearing  demand accounts.  The Bank  is implementing new
reporting systems  for  interest  rate  risk  (IRR)  using  proposed  guidelines
detailed  in FDICIA 305. This pending  regulation establishes new tests for IRR.
Banks who exceed  the target  levels of  IRR will  be required  to do  expanded,
detailed  IRR  reporting as  part of  their  quarterly Call  Reports and  may be
subject to requirements to increase their capital to compensate for higher  than
targeted  IRR. The  Bank as  of the  first quarter  of 1995  passes the proposed
regulatory tests and  would not be  subject to either  the additional  reporting
requirements or additional capital requirements. The final guidelines for FDICIA
305  are expected to be implemented sometime  in 1995, and the Bank, as approved
by

                                       38
<PAGE>
the Board  of Directors  in  its Asset  Liability  Management Policy,  plans  to
consistently  limit IRR  to a level  that would preclude  any additional capital
requirements. The table uses data from FDIC  Call Reports and is similar to  the
reporting assumptions required during bank examinations. (Dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                91-365
                                                           1 DAY      2-90       DAYS     1-5 YEARS  5+ YEARS     TOTAL
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CD's at other banks....................................          0          0        788        601          0      1,389
Investments
  Fixed rate...........................................          0          0          0      1,753          0      1,753
  Floating.............................................      5,191      4,492      2,087      2,664          0     14,434
Loans
  Fixed................................................          0        432      1,993      6,650        671      9,746
  Floating.............................................     13,016        704      6,339        805          0     20,864
  Nonaccrual...........................................          0          0        431          0          0        431
Federal Funds Sold.....................................      5,891          0          0          0          0      5,891
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total RSA............................................     24,098      5,628     11,638     12,473        671     54,508
Savings................................................          0      3,742      2,494          0          0      6,236
MMDA...................................................     11,436          0          0          0          0     11,436
Now Accounts...........................................     13,351          0          0          0          0     13,351
CD's over $100,000.....................................          0      1,650        601          0          0      2,251
Other CD's.............................................          0      2,755      1,607        230          0      4,592
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total RSL............................................     24,787      8,147      4,702        230          0     37,866
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net RSA-RSL........................................       (689)    (2,519)     6,936     12,243        671     16,642
Cumulative RSA-RSL.....................................                (3,208)     3,728     15,971     16,642
Cumulative GAP as %....................................        97%        90%       110%       142%       143%
As % of Total Assets...................................         1%         5%         6%        26%        27%
</TABLE>

    As  a rule, the Bank works to keep the cumulative difference between RSA and
RSL as balanced  as possible over  a one year  cycle. In 1994  and 1993  deposit
interest  rates were  low and many  deposits shifted balances  into shorter term
instruments and out  of certificates  of deposits  (CD). This  tended to  reduce
total  CD deposits as  a normal balancing  factor for deposit  maturities and to
increase the shortest  end of  rate sensitive  liabilities. The  Bank, and  most
banks  as a  group, are  currently faced with  a need  to progressively increase
deposit rates which were held low in 1994 because of the lack of competition for
deposits at a time when banks were still operating with low or lower than normal
loan demand. This need and pricing pattern appears to be changing, and the  Bank
and  the banking industry expects to see cost of funds increase at a much faster
pace in 1995 than in 1994. Bank regulators are reviewing proposed standards  for
measuring  interest rate risk, and new  standards and reporting requirements are
expected to be introduced in 1995.

CASH FLOW -- PARENT COMPANY ONLY

    The Company as  of December 31,  1994 had  $53,500 in notes  that mature  in
August  1995. These notes were  repaid on March 31, 1995  from part of the funds
received from the private  placement. During 1994,  all corporate expenses  were
held  to minimum levels,  and cash balances currently  available are adequate to
meet cash  flow needs  for the  coming  year. Following  the completion  of  the
private  placement, the  Company as of  March 31,  1995, has over  $2 million in
available cash to support current  operations, as additional capital to  support
the Bank, or for other possible investments.

    As  a result of the capital increase for the Bank, the Bank's Tier 1 capital
ratio, as of March 31, 1995 was 7.85%. The increase in the Bank's capital  meets
or  exceeds the Bank's regulatory commitments  to the FDIC and Superintendent to
increase the Bank's ratio for Tier 1 capital to total assets to equal or  exceed
7.0% by April 30, 1995.

                                       39
<PAGE>
RECESSION / INFLATION

    Based  on local newspaper reports, the  recent recession was the most severe
experienced in  Orange County  as  measured by  decreases  in employment  and  a
significant  decline  in real  estate  values. Nearly  every  area of  the local
economy had declines, and virtually all community banks experienced  significant
loan  losses and  declines in the  relative size  of their loan  portfolios as a
direct result of the recession.

    The recovery  appears  to have  started  in California,  but  Orange  County
continues  to lag behind the  rest of the country.  More recently, this has been
compounded by the bankruptcy  filing by Orange County.  Through March 1995,  the
market  for home sales was down for the  first three months of 1995 both because
of higher interest  rates and concerns  about the County,  and local  businesses
pondering  the  uncertainty  caused  by  higher interest  rates  and  lack  of a
published workout plan by the  County. One local economic research  organization
has  published data that suggests  that on a technical  basis the local economic
recovery began sooner than previously  suggested and is currently stronger  than
expected.  Several  economists feel  that the  bankruptcy will  cause short-term
uncertainty but that the local economy  is moving faster into the recovery  than
expected,  and  this will  be more  evident  once the  County's workout  plan is
completed. One key feature of  the plan is a  proposed tax increase of  one-half
percent  that is expected to be presented for  vote in June or July. However, no
assurances can be given regarding the possible recovery in the local economy.

OPERATIONS RESULTS

    INTEREST INCOME decreased by approximately $409,000 or 9% for the year  1994
versus  1993. The  decrease was caused  by a  decline in loan  totals as lending
activity continued to decrease in 1994 under recessionary pressure. The decrease
would have been even greater  given the drop in  loan volume had interest  rates
for earning assets not been increasing.

    The  average yield on earning assets of  7.04% and 7.06% were consistent for
the year 1994  and 1993, respectively.  This static yield  during a period  when
interest  rates  were being  increased by  the  Federal Reserve  is tied  to the
progressive decrease in loan volumes. Loan interest and fee income decreased  by
approximately  $660,000 in 1994; however, approximately $741,000 of the decrease
was attributed to  a decrease in  volume while rate  increases accounted for  an
increase  of approximately $81,000 for loans.  In part this decreased income was
offset by an  increase in both  volume and yield  on investments, Federal  Funds
Sold,  and Certificates of  Deposit purchased from  other financial institutions
which on a  combined basis  increased by approximately  $251,000. This  combined
investment  income improved by approximately  $181,000 from volume increases and
approximately $70,000 from rate increases.

    INTEREST EXPENSE declined by  approximately $143,000 or  11% in 1994  versus
the  prior year as  overall interest rates on  deposits marginally decreased for
the year while total deposits were dropping.

    Based on a review of changes in  volumes and rate, the Bank's cost of  funds
in  1994 decreased  by approximately  $118,000 due to  a volume  drop in average
interesting-bearing deposits  of approximately  $4.6 million.  Changes in  rates
accounted  for approximately  $25,000 in the  decrease in cost  of funds. During
1994, the Bank and  the banking industry were  much slower in adjusting  deposit
rates  in an increasing  rate market than  they were in  increasing rates on the
asset side  of  the  balance  sheet.  Low  deposit  rates  also  compelled  many
depositors  in 1993  and the  start of  1994 to  move away  from certificates of
deposit into interest bearing transactional accounts or even simple non-interest
bearing demand deposits. This trend started to reverse itself later in 1994  and
continues  in the first  months of 1995  as the cost  of funds was progressively
increasing at the end of the year.

    For the years and quarters ended December 31, 1993, March 31, 1994, December
31, 1994,  and  March 31,  1995,  respectively, the  Bank's  cost of  funds  for
interest bearing deposits was 2.4%, 2.1%, 2.4%, and 2.8%.

    NON-INTEREST  INCOME decreased  for the  comparative years  by approximately
$264,000 or 28%. The primary reason for this decrease was the termination of the
sale leaseback on assets which had  provided approximately $13,000 per month  in
income   as   the  gain   on   sale  was   amortized   to  income.   This  lease

                                       40
<PAGE>
terminated in  September  1993  and represents  approximately  $111,000  of  the
decrease.  Rental  income decreased  by approximately  $48,000  or 40%  with the
renegotiation at a reduced rate on a subleased facility. The Bank also  recorded
a  gain on sale  of securities in  1993 but wrote  down one security  in 1994 by
$47,000.

    The Bank acquired  a mandatory  convertible debenture  in another  financial
institution  in 1989  when it sold  its residual  value in a  matured lease. The
debenture was converted to common stock in 1993 at approximately par. The market
for this institution  stock, like  most financial  institutions, was  negatively
impacted  by the recession and  a generally poor perception  by investors in the
past year for  California community  bank stocks.  This institution  has a  very
lightly  traded  stock  that  is  not  listed  on  an  exchange;  however,  this
institution has been consistently  profitable in the past  few years. While  its
book  value supports  the original  $150,000 cost value,  the lack  of a current
market and  limit  recent  trades  suggest a  current  "fair  market"  value  of
$103,000.  This  financial institution  paid a  dividend in  1995 based  on 1994
financial results and appears to be well structured for very positive growth and
stock appreciation in 1995.

    The Bank generates a significant amount of income, $230,000 and $278,000 for
the years  1994  and 1993,  respectively,  from Overdraft  Charges  for  service
charges  ($15 per  check) relating  to checks  drawn against  insufficient funds
(NSF). This charge is generally made whether the check is paid or not paid.  The
Bank  very  carefully controls  and  monitors overdraft  or  potential overdraft
activity, and actual daily  overdrafts average less than  $25,000. The Bank  has
very  little charge off activity from overdrafts --the average is less than $500
per year for each of the past five  years. The Bank is one of the few  financial
institutions  that continues to make daily  telephone calls to depositors on the
"pending" overdraft report and checks are only paid for established,  well-known
depositors  or for depositors who make a confirmed deposit the same day to cover
their NSF checks. Based  on discussions with other  local community banks,  this
level of NSF income is consistent with our market place. The Bank's knowledge of
its  customers  and tight  controls  over the  review  and approval  process for
overdraft or NSF activity reduce any potential credit exposure.

    OPERATING EXPENSES increased by approximately $215,000 or 5.2% for the  year
1994  versus 1993. This  increase includes specific  nonrecurring items for 1994
including:  (i)  approximately  $366,000  in  expenses  that  were  written  off
following  the termination of the public stock offering in 1994 when the Company
failed to raise the minimum of $2.5 million required in the offering; and (ii) a
$200,000 direct write down on December 31, 1994 on the book value of the  Bank's
remaining  OREO. The OREO  adjustment was made to  reflect the current estimated
market value of the property in a slow real estate market.

    Without these two large expenses,  Operating Expenses decreased by  $351,000
which  reflects numerous areas where expense controls were effective in reducing
costs. Specific material reductions include salary and benefits which  decreased
by $51,000, and Office and Occupancy expenses which decreased by $496,000 or 28%
inclusive  of  the relative  expense reductions  following the  end of  the sale
leaseback of Bank assets in September 1993 and other strict expense controls  in
all areas of the Bank.

INTERNAL CONTROLS

    In  addition to the annual audit  done by the Company's independent auditors
and periodic examinations by  bank regulators, the Audit  Committee of the  Bank
maintains  an  engagement  with  R.  Maslac  &  Associates  for  periodic  loan,
administrative, operational, and  data processing audits  of internal  controls.
These internal control audits are performed on a periodic basis during the year.
Expenses  for  outside credit  and internal  control reviews  were approximately
$26,000 in 1994, $25,000  in 1993. The Board's  committees, and when needed  the
full Board, review all reports from these outside reviews.

CAPITAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS

    The  March  31, 1995  first  closing of  the  private placement  allowed the
Company to increase the Bank's capital by $3.6 million and meet the Bank's April
30, 1995 commitments under the Bank's regulatory orders to increase capital. The
private placement process also included a  detailed due diligence review of  the
Bank's loan portfolio, accounting, and operations. The due diligence process and
the  1994 annual audit were used by  the Company to carefully examine the Bank's
assets and  operations, and  included  recommendations for  some write  offs  to
reflect actual or probable losses to Bank assets from the economic problems that
have  beset  the area  -- including  the  recession and  more recently  from the
bankruptcy of Orange County. While

                                       41
<PAGE>
the Bank and  Company have no  assurance that there  are no additional  surprise
losses,  it appears that the Bank is  now positioned to operate with sustainable
profitability for the foreseeable future. The current largest challenges for the
Bank are to rebuild loan activity with good credit quality and to  progressively
increase the level of total assets and total deposits.

    For  the past two years, the Bank  and company have not generated sufficient
core earnings to  cover operating  expenses after  excluding nonrecurring  items
such  as offering  expenses, OREO  expenses, higher  than normal  legal expenses
because of regulatory issues relating to capital and the regulatory orders,  and
a  high level of expenses to fund the  Allowance for Loan Losses during a period
of high loan losses. As of the end of the first quarter of 1995, the Company did
have core earns sufficient  to just meet its  base operating expenses  (adjusted
for the nonrecurring $171,000 settlement from a claim against the Bank's blanket
bond);  however,  the Bank  did not  make  a first  quarter contribution  to its
Allowance for Loan Losses after  having made a very  large increase in the  last
quarter  of 1994,  and the Bank  continued to  have a general  decrease in total
assets prior to the March 31, 1995 recapitalization.

    Several factors are expected to assist the Company and Bank in returning  to
a  consistent level  of profitability including:  (1) the Company  and Bank were
recapitalized on March 31, 1995 and  both now exceed the regulatory  commitments
and  meet the "well capitalized" definition that provides a public relations and
general psychological  plus in  working with  new customers  for both  loan  and
deposit  business; (2) the Company has maintained  over $2 million in cash as an
earning asset, and based on a projected investment yield of 6.0% will earn  over
$120,000  per year which is well in excess of its anticipated expenses; (3) on a
net/net basis, the Bank's capital was also increased on March 31, 1995 and  this
$3.6 million cash increase has been invested in short and mid-term securities at
an  average  yield  of 7.0%  providing  the Bank  with  a new  earning  asset of
approximately $250,000 per year; (4) the historic loan losses from the past  two
years  are not expected to continue in 1995, and the Reserve for Loan Losses has
been increased to adequately  cover all known or  expected loan losses; (5)  the
Bank  has included in its budget approximately a $10,000 per month Provision for
Loan Loss expense starting in the second quarter of 1995 in anticipation of  new
loan  growth  and to  insure  to the  best of  management's  ability to  keep an
adequately funded Reserve for both known and unknown but possible events; (6) as
of the end of the first quarter of 1995 and the start of the second quarter, the
Bank's loan to deposit ratio  averaged 50%, but it  is projected to increase  to
approximately  65% later in  the year with a  corresponding increase in relative
loan interest  and fees  versus investments  yields; (7)  loan quality  is,  and
remains  a top priority  of management, and  the Bank has  completed virtually a
100% change in  its loan staff  to increase  the level of  technical skills  and
overall  credit administration detail; and (8) the Bank is so structured that it
can increase business volumes  without increases in  staffing or other  overhead
expenses  so most, if not, all new business should provide a measurable increase
directly to  the bottom  line. (See  "RISK FACTORS  -- Financial  Condition  and
Operations;  Loss in 1993  and 1994, Existing  and Potential Enforcement Factors
Concerns Relating to Real Estate Loans,  Asset Quality, Interest Rate Risks  and
Risk of Failure to Meet Capital Requirements").

    While  the Bank and Company appear  to have reasonable prospects to generate
increasingly improved  earnings,  management  is  aware  that  this  will  be  a
progressive  building project and that there are  no quick fixes in rebuilding a
good quality loan portfolio. In the short term, income from the new equity  that
was booked on March 31, 1995 provides a solid base earning asset.

    The  Company  retained  just  over  $2  million  in  cash  from  the private
placement.

    The  private  placement  has  increased   the  number  of  shareholders   by
approximately  26 with  the largest single  shareholder projected  to hold under
approximately 10% of the stock.

    The stated goal  of the  Company is  to continue to  operate the  Bank as  a
community  bank with a local  Board of Directors. The  Company also has adequate
cash to assist the  Bank to expand  or to expand  the Company's activities  into
areas  that are approved for  bank holding companies to  operate. The Company is
investigating opportunities to expand. (See "USE OF PROCEEDS.")

    The Bank has  developed and  the Board  of Directors  has approved  separate
management action plans to address each of the issues detailed in the regulatory
Orders it signed with the FDIC and Superintendent. The

                                       42
<PAGE>
plans  are divided into three major  sections -- capital, credit administration,
and other items. With the March 31, 1995 completion of the first closing for the
private placement,  the  Bank  has  achieved and  exceeded  the  capital  ratios
required  by April 30, 1995, and the Bank  expects to continue to operate with a
leverage ratio of not  less than 7.0%  during the life of  the Orders. Once  the
Orders  have been  removed, the Bank  expects to  operate at or  above the "well
capitalized" level (as periodically  defined by bank  regulations). As of  March
31,  1995, the Bank meets and exceeds the numerical regulatory definitions for a
"well capitalized" bank.  The Bank's  capital restoration plan  and budget  were
submitted to the FDIC and Superintendent and were approved in January, 1995.

    On  March 31,  1995, the Company  completed a Private  Placement Offering of
4,547,111 shares of  its Common Stock,  no par value,  at a price  of $1.35  per
share  to  several accredited  investors  as defined  in  SEC Regulation  D. The
Company raised approximately $5,669,000 in net proceeds in the Private Placement
Offering.

    The following  table  lists investors  and  any known  shareholders  with  a
beneficial  ownership of five percent of the  Company Stock as of June 15, 1995.
All shareholders  listed  in  the  following  table  purchased  in  the  Private
Placement  Offering. All  shares are  Common Stock,  the only  class of security
outstanding.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      NAME AND ADDRESS                        AMOUNT AND NATURE OF
                    OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                       BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP   PERCENT OF CLASS
- ------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------   ----------------
<S>                                                           <C>                    <C>
Peter Huizenga Testamentary Trust                                   530,000                9.85%
 Huizenga Capital Management
 Oak Brook, IL 60521
Robert A. Schoellhorn                                               530,000                9.85%
 c/o Bryan & Gross
 Northbrook, IL 60062
Mutual Discovery Fund                                               530,000                9.85%
 (Mutual Series Fund, Inc.)
 Short Hills, NJ 07078
Basswood Partners                                                   530,000                9.85%
 Paramus, NJ 07652
Kenneth Gaspar                                                      370,370                6.88%
 Lisle, IL
Jerome White                                                        333,333                6.19%
 Chicago, IL 60606
</TABLE>

    As of March 31, 1995,  to the best of  management's knowledge, the Bank  has
met  each of  the action  date requirements  defined in  the Orders  relating to
credit administration  including  reduction  of  classified  assets  to  defined
levels. Actions relating to: credit administration include revisions to the Loan
Policy;  maintenance  of an  adequate loan  loss reserve;  and other  actions to
strengthen credit administration have also been taken.

    Action has also been taken  for each of the other  items in the Orders,  and
the  Bank feels that it  is in compliance with all  of the required actions that
were to be completed by March 31, 1995. It has also instituted action to  comply
with the few remaining actions that are tied to dates later in 1995.

    The  Company  and  Bank  are  not  aware  of  any  other  current regulatory
recommendations or specific  pending changes  in banking  regulations which,  if
they were implemented, would have a material effect on the Company or the Bank's
liquidity, capital resources or results of operations.

    As  of March  31, 1995,  the Bank settled  a claim  filed in  1994 under its
Bankers Blanket Bond for approximately $171,000 net of expenses.

                                       43
<PAGE>
           INTERIM MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF OPERATIONS

TRENDS, EVENTS, OR UNCERTAINTIES LIKELY TO HAVE A MATERIAL IMPACT ON LIQUIDITY

    The capital provided  from the private  placement on March  31, 1995,  which
allowed  the Bank to meet and exceed  its regulatory commitments to reach a 7.0%
leverage capital  ratio and  which provided  the Company  with approximately  $2
million  in cash reserves for operating  capital and possible future growth, had
both direct and indirect impacts on Bank and Company liquidity. While  operating
under  both  regulatory orders  and  being classified  as  "undercapitalized" by
regulatory standards, the  Bank was  limited in its  ability to  grow under  the
provisions  of FDIC Section 38 which sets  limits on bank asset growth and other
areas of operation when a bank's  capital is below 4.0%. By recapitalizing,  the
Bank  is no longer subject to the limitations  of Section 38 and can disclose to
existing and potential depositors  that it meets all  of the regulatory  capital
requirements.

INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL SOURCES OF LIQUIDITY

    During  1994 and  the in  the first quarter  of 1995,  the Bank  was able to
maintain high levels of cash liquidity including cash , Federal Funds Sold,  and
short term investment securities. After March 31, 1995, the Bank has both strong
cash liquidity and more options for growth. Prior to March 31, 1995, the Company
had  limited liquidity that was not adequate  to meet the payments on $53,500 in
notes that  matured in  August 1995.  These  notes were  fully repaid  on  March
31,1995  leaving the  Company with  no outstanding debt  and over  $2 million in
operating cash which is more  than adequate to provide  income in excess of  any
anticipated expenses.

CAPITAL COMMITMENTS

    The  Board  and Management  of the  Company  have agreed  to proceed  with a
shareholders rights offering as soon as  possible after March 31, 1995 to  allow
interested  shareholders to participate in purchasing stock on similar terms and
the same price as used in the March 1995 private placement. The expected  rights
offering  will also  be so  structured to  allow public  purchase of unexercised
rights. Funds from the proposed rights and public offering will further increase
the capital levels of the Company and provide additional direct support for  the
Bank  for possible future expansion.  Neither the Company nor  the Bank have any
immediate or  specific  capital expenditures  that  will draw  on  current  cash
reserves.

TRENDS, EVENTS, OR UNCERTAINTIES LIKELY TO HAVE A MATERIAL IMPACT ON REVENUES OR
INCOME

    The  Bank and Company have carefully followed the bankruptcy proceedings for
Orange County in an attempt to understand  what impact, if any, it will have  on
the  overall  local economy  and more  specifically  on the  short-term business
activity as the  individuals and  business are  attempting to  recover from  the
longest  and  most severe  local recession  in recent  memory. News  reports and
reports by local economic  groups suggest that the  impact will not be  material
overall;  however, some reports  suggest that real estate  values have seen some
additional decline  because of  uncertainties. Based  on available  information,
Management  feels that there will be  some repercussions from the bankruptcy for
firms and individuals who had direct dealings with the County and whose payments
have been frozen  and/or cut. As  of June, the  Bank has only  had one  borrower
whose  loan payments are past  due because of the  bankruptcy and a workout plan
has been  implement  for this  borrower  for  full repayment  of  principal  and
interest.  The decline  in real  estate values  attributed to  the bankruptcy is
still being mooted but does not  appear to have sufficient impact to  jeopardize
any  of the Bank's  collateral value. First quarter  surveys of business suggest
that employment  will be  up in  1995, that  profits and  overall business  will
continue to improve, and that a trend of businesses who were looking to relocate
outside  of  Orange County  has  significantly decreased.  While  local economic
conditions appear  to  be improving,  a  national economic  slowdown  or  "bumpy
landing"  could be  exacerbated by  the failure  of the  County to  promptly and
clearly resolve its bankruptcy status. A  slow or weak local economy will  imped
the  Bank's ability  to develop the  volume of loans  under prudent underwriting
standards that  are required  to make  a significant  increase in  net  interest
income.

                                       44
<PAGE>
CAUSES FOR MATERIAL CHANGE FROM PERIOD TO PERIOD IN MARCH 31, 1995 FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

    The  first  quarter  $182,000 profit  had  three components  (1)  a $171,000
recovery (net of expenses) for a fidelity  bond claim from a prior period  loss;
(ii)  a recapture  of a  prior year tax  payment for  $7,000; and  (iii) a small
operating profit for the quarter. The  Bank also accrued $30,000 in expenses  in
March for a negotiated legal settlement; this settlement was paid in April.

    The $3.6 million in new capital and cash received on March 31, 1995 provides
a  material base for income in future  quarters had no real financial impact for
the quarter except in increasing total deposits (the Company has maintained  its
deposit  accounts with the Bank including  $2 million for the private placement)
and total assets as of the last day of the quarter.

    Increasing interest  rates  allowed the  Bank  to increase  the  comparative
quarterly  Net  Interest Income  by $73,000.  Using quarter  end data,  which is
generally consistent with  quarterly averages, the  major components of  earning
assets show (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          MARCH 1995  MARCH 1994
                                          ----------  ----------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>
Federal Funds Sold......................     10,250       4,030
Net Loans...............................     29,383      33,914
Investments.............................     17,733      22,256
                                          ----------  ----------
    Earning Assets......................     57,366      60,200
</TABLE>

    In  mid-March 1994, the average prime rate  was 6.0%, the Fed Funds rate was
3.25%, the  yield  on the  investment  portfolio  was 4.87%.  Since  March  1994
interest rates were progressively increased by the Federal Reserve, and in March
1995  the average for prime rate was 9.0%,  the Federal Fund rate was near 6.0%,
and the Bank's investment portfolio was yielding just over 6.0%

EXPENSE

    Expenses for deposits  have also been  impacted by the  overall increase  in
interest rates for the first quarter of 1995 when compared to the same period in
1994  but  at  a  much slower  rate.  Since  1993 the  Bank  has  very carefully
maintained interest  rates  on deposits  to  retain core  banking  relationships
rather  than to attract new  depositors during a period  when the Bank needed to
control its capital ratios and during a period of very slow loan demand. As  the
Bank  resumes  its  growth following  the  March 31,  1995  recapitalization, it
expects to see  its cost of  funds increase as  it raises rates  to attract  new
deposits  at a time when most banks  and financial institutions are becoming far
more rate competitive  for insured  deposits. Banks  are also  competing for  an
increasingly  small share of the deposit pool as many investors have moved funds
to non-insured  deposit products.  As  of June  1995,  it appears  that  deposit
interest  rate increases have  stalled and the markets  are now speculating when
the Federal Reserve will next lower rates.

NON-INTEREST INCOME

    The net settlement for the bond claim is included in Other Income, and  this
$171,000  accounts  for  a majority  of  the $189,000  increase  in Non-interest
Income. During the past year, the  Bank has consistently worked to increase  its
normal  service charge income by reducing  the level of waived charges. Specific
income generated  in the  first quarter  of 1995  from NSF  checking  activities
showed  a marginal increase over the same  period in 1994. NSF activity has been
consistent for  several  years  with  no measurable  losses  from  this  deposit
activity.  The Bank continues  to call each  NSF customer and  to work with each
customer to insure  their checks are  covered; in some  instances the Bank  will
allow  a short term overdraft for customers who have other compensating balances
or who have known financial strengths.

    OPERATING EXPENSES

    SALARY AND  BENEFITS  increased  for the  comparative  periods  by  $26,000;
however,  this includes unequal adjustments for the cash surrender value of Bank
owned insurance  policies  on  senior  officers.  Actual  salary  expenses  were
approximately  $14,000 higher in the first quarter  of 1995 than the same period
in 1994 because of the addition of  a new, experienced VP level loan officer  at
the  start of  1995 before  other staffing changes  were completed  later in the
quarter. The increased salary  expense is directly  related to staffing  changes
being  made to improve credit administration.  The Bank instituted a full salary
freeze in mid-1993

                                       45
<PAGE>
and this freeze has been continued through the first quarter of 1995. A  $55,000
comparative  increase  in OFFICE  OPERATIONS for  the first  quarter of  1995 is
reflective of a $50,000 extra ordinary recovery in 1994. On a direct  comparison
basis,  operations expenses  have been relatively  flat for  the two comparative
quarters. DEPRECIATION  EXPENSE  has  declined by  $9,000  for  the  comparative
quarters   as  older   but  functional  equipment   becomes  fully  depreciated.
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES expenses increased for the comparative quarters because of
increased costs  relating  to regulatory  issues.  OTHER expenses  includes  the
$30,000  accrued expense for a legal  settlement that was negotiated in February
and March and paid in April 1995.

    ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

    The Bank made a major increase in its Allowance for Loan Losses in  December
1994  based on  a careful  analysis of the  existing portfolio,  on a contingent
factor for the possibility of  new problem assets as  a result of the  carryover
from  the recession,  and on a  careful review  of the Bank  as part  of the due
diligence process in the structuring the private placement.

    The Bank  has  taken,  and  is taking,  specific  steps  to  improve  credit
administration  and its  focus on credit  quality including but  not limited to:
specific  staffing  changes  to  improve  technical  lending  skills;  increased
emphasis  in anticipatory  analysis of  the adequacy  of the  Allowance for Loan
Losses for unknown credit problems  that could arise at  the end of a  recession
and  slow start of a recovery cycle;  and investing time and expense in revising
and updating written policies and procedures.

    While progress is being made  in credit administration, nonperforming  loans
are still higher than desired.

    SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE

    Charge  offs, recoveries, problem loan, and loan related data is detailed in
the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              MARCH '95
                                                              ----------
<S>                                                           <C>
Allowance for loan losses December 31, 1994.................   1,137,000
Charge offs -- commercial loans.............................     163,000
Recoveries -- real estate...................................       6,000
                                                              ----------
Net charge offs.............................................     157,000
                                                              ----------
OREO........................................................     617,000
Nonaccrual Loans............................................     454,000
Accruing loans past due 90+.................................     487,000
Allowance for Loan Losses...................................     980,000
Period-end Gross Loans......................................  30,413,000
Average Gross Loans.........................................  30,723,000
Net charge-offs to average loans............................        .005%
</TABLE>

    No provision expenses were made during the first quarter of 1995 to increase
the Allowance for Loan Losses because of (i) the large increase that was made as
of December  1994 was  made in  anticipation of  probable losses  for the  first
quarter  of 1995 at a time when; (ii) the  Bank had a very low volume of lending
in the first quarter  of 1995 and actually  reduced total loan outstandings.  In
the  first  quarter  of 1995,  much  of  Management's attention  was  focused on
compliance with regulatory  orders which  were signed  in December  1994 and  on
completion of the private placement.

    The  Bank's one OREO property  has been written down to  90% of the lower of
the appraised value  or expected  market value. The  property is  located in  an
exclusive  residential area that  was especially hard  hit by the  large drop in
million dollar residences in  California over the past  few years. The Bank  has
had  several offers on this property and, as  of June 15 1995, was in process of
opening an escrow to a qualified buyer. The Bank does not anticipate any loss on
the sale of this property other than writedowns that were made in 1994.

    Nonaccrual loans and loans past due  90 + days are generally  collateralized
and/or  in the process of collection. As  of May 1995, the Bank expects possible
charge offs from  known problem  loans of approximately  $350,000 if  it is  not
successful in structuring workout plans with certain borrowers by the end of the
second quarter. Charge off and recovery activity for the balance of the year are
expected to be immaterial for

                                       46
<PAGE>
the  balance  of  the  year  unless new,  unknown  problems  are  discovered. In
reviewing the  current portfolio,  Management has  considered (i)  the level  of
historic  losses; (ii) the  substantial shrinkage of the  loan portfolio and the
lack of significant new loan activity in the past two years; (iii) the value  of
collateral   supporting  the  loans;  (iv)  known  or  suspected  problems  with
borrowers; and (v) the impact that changes in staff and credit administration is
having on both the  management of the currrent  portfolio and new loans.  Should
the  Bank charge off all of the  possible $350,000 the Allowance for Loan Losses
would total approximately $640,000  or 2.3% of projected  total loans as of  the
end of the quarter.

                                    BUSINESS

GENERAL

    The  Company was organized and  incorporated under the laws  of the State of
California on May 20, 1983 at the direction of the Board of Directors of Monarch
Bank (the "Bank")  and for the  purpose of  becoming a bank  holding company  by
acquiring  all of the outstanding capital  stock of the Bank. The reorganization
of the  Bank and  the  Company was  effected on  June  18, 1984.  The  Company's
principal  business is to serve as a  holding company for its banking subsidiary
and other possible banking or banking-related subsidiaries which the Company  or
the  Bank may form or acquire. Since  inception, the Company has not been active
except through  its subsidiaries.  The Company  has no  salaried employees,  and
shares  both executive  management and its  Board of Directors  with its banking
subsidiary, the Bank.

MONARCH BANK

    The Bank  was incorporated  under the  laws of  the State  of California  on
October  3, 1979 and was licensed by the California Superintendent of Banks (the
"Superintendent") and commenced operations as a California state-chartered  bank
on  April  21, 1980.  The  Bank is  an insured  bank  under the  Federal Deposit
Insurance Act up to the applicable limits thereof, but like many state-chartered
banks of its  size in  California, it  is not a  member of  the Federal  Reserve
System.  The Bank is subject to regulation, supervision, and regular examination
by the Superintendent and the FDIC,  and is subject to applicable provisions  of
the Federal Reserve Act and regulations issued pursuant thereto. The regulations
of  these various agencies govern most aspects of the Bank's business, including
required reserves  on  deposits,  investments, loans,  certain  of  their  check
clearing  activities, issuance of  securities, payment of  dividends, opening of
branches, and numerous other areas. As a consequence of the extensive regulation
of commercial banking activities  in the United States,  the Bank's business  is
particularly  susceptible to changes  in California and  the Federal legislation
and regulations  which may  have the  effect  of increasing  the cost  of  doing
business, limiting permissible activities, or increasing competition.

    The  Bank conducts  a general banking  business including  the acceptance of
checking and  savings  deposits  and  the making  of  commercial,  real  estate,
installment  and other  term loans.  The Bank  is located  at 30000  Town Center
Drive, Laguna  Niguel, California.  The  Bank issues  Master Card  credit  cards
through  a correspondent bank. The Bank  is a merchant depository for cardholder
drafts  under  Visa  and  Master  Card  credit  cards  and,  similar  to   other
state-chartered  banks  of its  size, can  provide investment  and international
banking services through its major correspondent banks. The Bank is not a member
of the Federal Reserve System.

    The Bank's  primary market  area  is South  Orange County,  California.  The
principal  business of the  Bank is to  accept time and  demand deposits, and to
make commercial loans, consumer loans, real estate loans, and other investments.
The Bank offers a broad range  of banking products and services, including  many
types  of business and personal savings and checking accounts and other consumer
banking services. The Bank originates several types of loans, including  secured
and  unsecured commercial  and consumer  loans, commercial  and residential real
estate mortgage loans,  and commercial and  residential construction loans.  The
Bank's  loans are primarily short-term  and/or adjustable rate. Special services
or requests beyond  the limits of  the Bank are  arranged through  correspondent
banks.  The  Bank currently  offers access  to ATM  networks, and  investment or
international services through other major banks.

    Since 1987, the  Bank's Strategic  Plan has emphasized  serving the  banking
needs  of individuals,  professionals, and  small to  medium-sized businesses in
Laguna Niguel, California and the contiguous communities

                                       47
<PAGE>
which adjoin it. The Bank has carved a local niche by being active in civic  and
community  activities  and providing  a high  degree of  individualized personal
service. The  Bank was  the first  in the  local area  to be  open for  Saturday
business  and maintains operating hours from 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. in an effort
to serve  its  largely commuter  customer  base as  well  as its  mall  business
customers.  In  addition,  it  has a  chartered  courier  branch  which operates
throughout mid-  and southern-Orange  County,  serving professionals  and  small
businesses,  which has  greatly expanded its  service area without  the need for
additional physical facilities. Under present management since 1987, the  Bank's
major  lending emphasis  has been directed  at short  term owner-occupied luxury
home construction projects, commercial lending to professionals and individuals,
with the  objective  of  building  a  balanced  community  loan  and  investment
portfolio  mix  (although real  estate loans,  and other  loans secured  by real
estate, have  dominated  the  portfolio in  the  past).  The Bank  relies  on  a
foundation  of  locally  generated deposits  and  Management believes  it  has a
relatively low  cost  of  funds  due  to a  high  percentage  of  low  cost  and
noninterest bearing deposits. The Bank also originates SBA loans, has a mortgage
referral  program and operates its own credit card program on a small scale. Due
to  consolidations,  mergers,  and  a   reduced  number  of  independent   banks
headquartered  in  South Orange  County,  the Bank  believes  that, when  it has
sufficient capital resources, it will be well positioned to prudently expand and
seek to  build  a larger,  regional  independent financial  institution  in  the
affluent South Orange County market.

    Since  its inception, it  has been the Bank's  policy to develop specialized
markets which management believes have the potential for generating high  return
on assets. In selecting divisions to penetrate these markets, the Bank has given
preference  to those markets which it believed  to be able to obtain independent
sources of funding, such as  the packaging and selling of  loans or the sale  of
loan participations.

    In January 1990, the Bank received a license from the State of California to
sell  disability and life insurance. Recent changes in federal legislation limit
state chartered bank activities  in selling insurance  without a special  waiver
from  the FDIC. The Bank has  no plans to request such  a waiver or to engage in
direct sales of  insurance that would  be otherwise authorized  under the  state
license. The Bank received approval in 1991 from the State Banking Department to
engage in certain equity ownership in real estate projects. The FDIC on December
9,  1992 approved  rules that  restrict this kind  of real  estate investment by
state banks. The Bank has not made, and under the new rules, does not  currently
anticipate making any direct equity investments in real estate projects.

    In  1992 the Bank  entered into the  SBA lending market  on a limited basis.
Outside sources are used to assist in the documentation, and loans are generally
expected to be held  in the Bank's  portfolio rather than  sold. SBA loans  will
help  meet  the  business  loan needs  of  the  community as  well  as  offer an
additional source of diversification for the loan portfolio.

    The Bank provides  item processing services  to another local  bank under  a
three-year  contract that was signed in  1992; however, this contract matured in
March 1995 and has not been  renewed. Planned staff reductions and other  direct
reductions  in  expenses  are  expected to  approximately  offset  this  loss in
revenue. A "new" service  was introduced in  1993 to allow  the Bank to  process
electronic  fund transfers for  certain of its customers.  This represents a new
technical service for  many of  the Bank's  customers and  a new  source of  fee
income  for the Bank. The Bank has limited this service to existing customers as
an additional component of relationship banking.

    As part of its package of products, the Bank introduced its own Monarch Bank
Credit Card (Visa) in 1993. The Bank's intent was to use this card to complement
its relationship banking concept;  the Bank does not  intend to mass market  the
card and has established high credit qualifications for the card. As of December
31,  1994,  the Bank  had approximately  $100,000  in outstanding  balances from
credit card activity.

    As part of its efforts to achieve long term stable profitability and respond
to a  changing economic  environment  in Southern  California and  South  Orange
County,  the  Company  and the  Bank  have  augmented its  traditional  focus by
broadening  the   credit  and   customer  services   provided  to   individuals,
professionals  and small  and medium size  businesses. The Company  and the Bank
believe that  additional capital  will permit  an acceleration  of this  effort,
leading to greater diversification of both the Bank's loan portfolio and deposit
base  and  new sources  of  fee income.  Areas  of current  and  intended future
diversification include expanded

                                       48
<PAGE>
days and  hours of  operation,  mortgage, brokerage,  annuity and  mutual  funds
products, as well as the acquisition of other financial institutions or branches
of other financial institutions, in cities and areas adjoining its Laguna Niguel
headquarters.

    The  Company believes  (but cannot assure)  that the franchise  value of the
Bank, in part due to the shrinking  number of independent banks in South  Orange
County, can be greatly enhanced by expansion into the affluent markets of Laguna
Beach,  Laguna Hills,  Leisure World  (the largest  retirement community  in the
United States), Lake Forest, Mission Viejo, Dana Point, San Juan Capistrano  and
San  Clemente.  These communities  are among  communities  with the  highest per
capital incomes in  California, most of  which do not  presently have a  locally
headquartered  independent community bank. Very  few bank charters are presently
being granted,  and  the  capitalization  requirements  for  such  charters  are
substantially higher than in the past; therefore, it is management's belief that
a  well run community bank which concentrates  its expansion in such an affluent
coastal area  of  Southern California  can,  over a  five  to ten  year  period,
substantially improve its franchise value, as well as its assets size and income
levels.  See "Risk Factors" and "Use of Proceeds." However, no assurances can be
given that the Company will experience an improvement in its franchise value  or
achieve any of the goals referred to herein.

    It  is the Company's  belief that substantial  opportunity exists within the
Bank's South Orange County market area to prudently expand the operations of the
Bank into the remainder of that metropolitan area. Banks in San Clemente, Laguna
Beach and Lake Forest have been acquired by other larger financial institutions,
leaving a void, the Company believes, in contiguous communities with populations
of 25,000 to  75,000, which  have no  locally headquartered  community bank.  In
addition,  the severe problems associated with the savings and loan industry and
the problems being experienced by other independent banks within Orange  County,
with  operations in  South Orange  County, have resulted  in a  number of branch
facilities being made available for sale. The Company also believes that one  or
more  small institutions may be available at attractive prices and that branches
of other financial institutions  may be available  at substantially below  their
investment  cost. Although  the Company has  had preliminary  discussions with a
number of  financial  institutions  regarding  possible  acquisitions,  and  the
Company  is having  ongoing discussions with  Rancho Santa Fe  National Bank, no
agreements or understandings  have been reached  at this time.  The Company  has
been  contacted by other financial institutions with regard to their interest in
selling various  branches of  their companies.  Except as  otherwise stated,  no
negotiations  are ongoing  with respect  to such  transactions, and  the Company
cannot predict  whether assets  or banks  can definitely  be acquired  on  terms
acceptable  to the Company. Acquisitions  of this nature can  take from 60 to 90
days or longer for the approval and purchase of assets and branches, and 6 to 12
months or  longer  for the  negotiation,  approval  and purchase  of  an  entire
financial  institution.  While the  Bank is  under  no restrictions  relative to
acquisitions with regard to the Orders,  regulatory approval can be expected  to
be  difficult to obtain during the life of the Orders. No assurance can be given
that  the  Company   can  successfully  negotiate   the  acquisition  of   other
institutions  or branches at prices that would  be acceptable to it, or that any
such acquisition  would receive  the requisite  regulatory and  shareholder  (if
applicable) approvals.

MONARCH BANCORP

    Upon  the  reorganization  of the  Bank  as a  wholly-owned  subsidiary, the
Company became a  bank holding company  within the meaning  of the Bank  Holding
Company  Act of 1956, as amended (the  "Act"), and is subject to the supervision
and regulation of  the Board  of Governors of  the Federal  Reserve System  (the
"Board").  The Company functions  primarily as the sole  stockholder of the Bank
and its nonbank  subsidiary, and  the Company establishes  general policies  and
activities of the operating subsidiaries.

    The capital stock of the Company is subject to the registration requirements
of  the Securities Act of 1933. The common stock of the Bank is exempt from such
requirements. The Company is also subject to the periodic reporting requirements
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,  which include, but are not limited  to,
the  filing  of annual,  quarterly  and other  reports  with the  Securities and
Exchange Commission.

    The Company, as a bank holding  company, is subject to regulation under  the
Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is registered with and subject
to  the supervision  of the  Federal Reserve Board.  The Company  is required to
obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it may acquire all

                                       49
<PAGE>
or substantially all  of the  assets of  any bank,  or ownership  or control  of
voting  shares of  any bank  if, after  giving effect  to such  acquisition, the
Company would own or control, directly or indirectly more than 5% of such  bank.
The  Bank Holding  Company Act prohibits  the Company from  acquiring any voting
shares of, interest  in, or all  or substantially all  of the assets  of a  bank
located  outside  the  State  of  California  unless  the  laws  of  such  state
specifically authorize such acquisition.

    Under the  Bank Holding  Company Act,  the  Company may  not engage  in  any
business  other than managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to its
subsidiaries, except that  it may  engage controlling banks  as to  be a  proper
incident  thereto. The Company is also prohibited, with certain exceptions, from
acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the  voting
shares  of any  company unless  the company is  engaged in  such activities. The
Federal Reserve Board's approval must be obtained before the shares of any  such
company  can be acquired and, in certain  cases, before any approved company can
open new  offices.  In making  such  determinations the  Federal  Reserve  Board
considers  whether the performance of such  activities by a bank holding company
would offer advantages  to the  public, such as  greater convenience,  increased
competition,  or gains in  efficiency, which outweigh  possible adverse effects,
such as  undue  concentration of  resources,  decreased or  unfair  competition,
conflicts  of  interest,  or  unsound banking  practices.  Further,  the Federal
Reserve Board is empowered to differentiate between activities commenced de novo
and activities  commenced  by acquisition,  in  whole or  in  part, of  a  going
concern.

    Although  the fullest scope of permitted  activities is uncertain and cannot
be predicted, the major non-banking activities that have been permitted to  bank
holding  companies with certain limitations  are: making, acquiring or servicing
loans that  would be  made by  a  mortgage, finance,  credit card  or  factoring
company;  operating  an  industrial  loan  company;  leasing  real  and personal
property; acting as  an insurance agent,  broker, or principal  with respect  to
insurance  that  is directly  related to  the  extension of  credit by  the bank
holding company  or any  of its  subsidiaries and  limited to  repayment of  the
credit  in the event  of death, disability  or involuntary unemployment; issuing
and selling money orders, savings bonds and travelers checks; performing certain
trust company  services;  performing  appraisals of  real  estate  and  personal
property;  providing investment and financial  advice; providing data processing
services; providing courier services; providing management consulting advice  to
nonaffiliated  depository institutions; arranging  commercial real estate equity
financing; providing  certain securities  brokerage services;  underwriting  and
dealing  in  government  obligations  and  money  market  instruments; providing
foreign exchange  advisory  and  transactional services;  acting  as  a  futures
commission  merchant;  providing  investment  advice  on  financial  futures and
options on  futures;  providing  consumer financial  counseling;  providing  tax
planning  and preparation services; providing  check guaranty services; engaging
in collection agency activities; and operating a credit bureau.

    The Company's primary  sources of income  are the receipt  of dividends  and
management  fees from its subsidiaries, and  interest income on its investments.
The Bank's ability to make  such payments to the  Company is subject to  certain
statutory and regulatory restrictions.

    The  Company and  its subsidiaries are  prohibited from  engaging in certain
tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, sale or lease of
property or furnishing  of services.  For example, with  certain exceptions  the
Bank  may not condition an  extension of credit on  a customer's obtaining other
services provided by it, the Company or any other subsidiary or on a promise  by
the customer not to obtain other services from a competitor.

    As  a bank holding company, the Company is required to file reports with the
Federal Reserve Board and to provide such additional information as the  Federal
Reserve  Board may require. The Federal Reserve  Board also has the authority to
examine the Company and  each of its  subsidiaries with the  cost thereof to  be
borne by the Company.

    In  addition, banking subsidiaries of bank  holding companies are subject to
certain restrictions  imposed by  federal  law in  dealings with  their  holding
companies  and other affiliates. Subject to  certain exceptions set forth in the
Federal Reserve Act, a bank can loan or extend credit to an affiliate,  purchase
or  invest in the securities of an affiliate, purchase assets from an affiliate,
accept securities of an affiliate as collateral security for a loan or extension
of credit to any person or company or issue a guarantee, acceptance or letter of
credit

                                       50
<PAGE>
on behalf of an affiliate only if the aggregate amount of the above transactions
of the Bank and its subsidiaries does not exceed 10% of the Bank's capital stock
and surplus on  a per affiliate  basis or 20%  of the Bank's  capital stock  and
surplus  on an aggregate affiliate basis. Such  transaction must be on terms and
conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices. A bank and
its subsidiaries generally may not purchase a low-quality asset, as that term is
defined in the Federal  Reserve Act, from an  affiliate. Such restrictions  also
prevent a holding company and its other affiliates from borrowing from a banking
subsidiary of the holding company unless the loans are secured by collateral.

    The BHC Act also prohibits a bank holding company or any of its subsidiaries
from acquiring voting shares or substantially all the assets of any bank located
in  a state  other than the  state in which  the operations of  the bank holding
company's banking subsidiaries are principally conducted unless such acquisition
is expressly  authorized by  statutes  of the  state in  which  the bank  to  be
acquired   is  located.  Legislation  recently  adopted  in  California  permits
out-of-state bank holding companies  to acquire California  banks on a  regional
basis  as of July 1, 1987, and on a nationwide reciprocal basis as of January 1,
1991. See "Effect of Governmental Policies and Recent Legislation" later in this
section regarding the Interstate  Banking Act signed into  law on September  29,
1994.

    The BHC Act and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board also impose certain
constraints  on the redemption or purchase by  a bank holding company of its own
shares of stock.

    The Federal Reserve Board has cease  and desist powers to cover parent  bank
holding  companies and  nonbanking subsidiaries  where action  of a  parent bank
holding company or its non-financial institutions represent an unsafe or unsound
practice or violation  of law. The  Federal Reserve Board  has the authority  to
regulate  debt obligations (other than commercial  paper) issued by bank holding
companies by imposing interest  ceilings and reserve  requirements on such  debt
obligations.

EFFECT OF GOVERNMENTAL POLICIES AND RECENT LEGISLATION

    Banking  is a business  that depends on rate  differentials. In general, the
difference between the interest rate  paid by the Bank  on its deposits and  its
other borrowings and the interest rate received by the Bank on loans extended to
its  customers and  securities held in  the Bank's portfolio  comprise the major
portion of the Bank's earnings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors
that are beyond the control of the Bank. Accordingly the earnings and growth  of
the  Bank are subject to  the influence of local,  domestic and foreign economic
conditions, including recession, unemployment and inflation.

    The commercial banking  business is  not only affected  by general  economic
conditions  but is also  influenced by the  monetary and fiscal  policies of the
federal government and  the policies  of regulatory  agencies, particularly  the
Federal  Reserve Board. The  Federal Reserve Board  implements national monetary
policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession)  by
its  open-market operations in United States Government securities, by adjusting
the required  level of  reserves  for financial  intermediaries subject  to  its
reserve  requirements and by varying the discount rates applicable to borrowings
by depository institutions. The  actions of the Federal  Reserve Board in  these
areas  influence the  growth of  bank loans,  investments and  deposits and also
affect interest rates  charged on  loans and paid  on deposits.  The nature  and
impact of any future changes in monetary policies cannot be predicted.

    From time to time, legislation is enacted which has the effect of increasing
the  cost of  doing business,  limiting or  expanding permissible  activities or
affecting  the   competitive  balance   between   banks  and   other   financial
intermediaries.  Proposals  to change  the  laws and  regulations  governing the
operations and taxation  of banks,  bank holding companies  and other  financial
intermediaries  are frequently made  in Congress, in  the California legislature
and  before  various  bank  regulatory  and  other  professional  agencies.  The
likelihood  of any major changes  and the impact such  changes might have on the
Bank are impossible to predict.  Certain of the potentially significant  changes
which  have  been  enacted  and  proposals which  have  been  made  recently are
discussed below.

                                       51
<PAGE>
    FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION IMPROVEMENT ACT OF 1991

    On December 19,  1991, the FDIC  Improvement Act was  enacted into law.  Set
forth  below  is  a  brief  discussion  of  certain  portions  of  this  law and
implementing regulations  that have  been  adopted or  proposed by  the  Federal
Reserve  Board, the Comptroller  of the Currency  ("Comptroller"), the Office of
Thrift Supervision  ("OTS") and  the FDIC  (collectively, the  "federal  banking
agencies").

    STANDARDS  FOR SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS.   The FDIC Improvement Act requires the
federal banking agencies to prescribe, by regulation, standards for all  insured
depository institutions and depository institution holding companies relating to
internal  controls,  loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest  rate
exposure and  asset growth.  Standards must  also be  prescribed for  classified
loans,  earnings and the ratio of market value to book value for publicly traded
shares. The FDIC Improvement Act also  requires the federal banking agencies  to
issue uniform regulations prescribing standards for real estate lending that are
to consider such factors as the risk to the deposit insurance fund, the need for
safe and sound operation of insured depository institutions and the availability
of  credit.  Further,  the FDIC  Improvement  Act requires  the  federal banking
agencies to  establish  standards  prohibiting compensation,  fees  and  benefit
arrangements that are excessive or could lead to financial loss.

    In  July 1992, the federal banking agencies issued a joint advance notice of
proposed rule  making requesting  public  comment on  the safety  and  soundness
standards  required to be prescribed by the FDIC Improvement Act. The purpose of
the notice  is to  assist the  federal banking  agencies in  the development  of
proposed  regulations.  In  accordance  with  the  FDIC  Improvement  Act, final
regulations must become effective no later than December 1, 1993.

    In December  1992, the  federal banking  agencies issued  final  regulations
prescribing  uniform guidelines for real  estate lending. The regulations, which
are effective March 19, 1993,  require insured depository institutions to  adopt
written  policies establishing  standards, consistent with  such guidelines, for
extensions of credit  secured by  real estate.  The policies  must address  loan
portfolio  management, underwriting  standards and loan-to-value  limits that do
not exceed the supervisory limits prescribed by the regulations.

    PROMPT CORRECTIVE REGULATORY ACTION.  The FDIC Improvement Act requires each
federal banking agency to take prompt corrective action to resolve the  problems
of  insured  depository  institutions that  fall  below one  or  more prescribed
minimum capital ratios. The purpose  of this law is  to resolve the problems  of
insured  depository institutions  at the  least possible  long-term cost  to the
appropriate deposit insurance fund.

    The law  required  each federal  banking  agency to  promulgate  regulations
defining   the  following  five  categories   in  which  an  insured  depository
institution will  be placed,  based on  the level  of its  capital ratios:  well
capitalized (significantly exceeding the required minimum capital requirements),
adequately    capitalized   (meeting   the   required   capital   requirements),
undercapitalized  (failing  to  meet  any  one  of  the  capital  requirements),
significantly undercapitalized (significantly below any one capital requirement)
and critically undercapitalized (failing to meet all capital requirements).

    In  September  1992,  the  federal  banking  agencies  issued  uniform final
regulations implementing the  prompt corrective  action provisions  of the  FDIC
Improvement  Act. Under the regulations,  an insured depository institution will
be deemed to be:

        - "well capitalized" if  it (i) has  total risk-based capital  of
          10%  or greater, Tier 1 risk-based capital of 6% or greater and
          a leverage  capital ratio  of 5%  or greater  and (ii)  is  not
          subject  to an  order, written agreement,  capital directive or
          prompt corrective  action  directive  to meet  and  maintain  a
          specific capital level for any capital measure;

        - "adequately  capitalized" if it has total risk-based capital of
          8% or greater, Tier 1 risk-based capital of 4% or greater and a
          leverage capital ratio of 4% or greater (or a leverage  capital
          ratio  of 3% or greater if the institution is rated composite 1
          under the  applicable  regulatory  rating system  in  its  most
          recent report of examination);

                                       52
<PAGE>
        - "undercapitalized"  if it has total  risk-based capital that is
          less than 8%, Tier 1 risk-based capital that is less than 4% or
          a leverage capital ratio  that is less than  4% (or a  leverage
          capital  ratio that is less than 3% if the institution is rated
          composite 1 under  the applicable regulatory  rating system  in
          its most recent report of examination);

        - "significantly  undercapitalized"  if it  has  total risk-based
          capital that is less than 6%, Tier 1 risk-based capital that is
          less than 3% or a leverage capital ratio that is less than  3%;
          and

        - "critically  undercapitalized" if  it has  a ratio  of tangible
          equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.

    An institution that, based  upon its capital levels,  is classified as  well
capitalized,  adequately capitalized or undercapitalized  may be reclassified to
the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after
notice and opportunity for hearing, (i) determines that the institution is in an
unsafe or unsound condition or (ii) deems  the institution to be engaging in  an
unsafe  or unsound practice  and not to  have corrected the  deficiency. At each
successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is  subject
to  more restrictions and federal banking agencies are given less flexibility in
deciding how to deal with it.

    As of March  31, 1995,  the Bank  had a  total risk-based  capital ratio  of
17.34%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 16.09% and a leverage capital ratio
of 7.85% and is considered to be adequately capitalized. Based solely upon these
ratios and the existence of the Section 8(b) Order, the Bank is considered to be
adequately  capitalized as of March 31,  1995 under the prompt corrective action
provisions of the  FDIC Improvement Act.  A subsequent reduction  in the  Bank's
capital could cause it to fall within a lower capital category and subject it to
the  mandatory and discretionary sanctions applicable to that category. Further,
as noted  above,  an  institution  that,  based  upon  its  capital  levels,  is
adequately  capitalized or undercapitalized can, under certain circumstances, be
reclassified to the next lower capital category.

    OTHER ITEMS.  The FDIC Improvement Act also, among other things, (i)  limits
the interest paid on deposits deemed to be brokered, and limits the unrestricted
use  of such deposits to only those institutions that are well capitalized; (ii)
requires the FDIC to charge insurance premiums based on the risk profile of each
institution; (iii)  eliminates  "pass  through" deposit  insurance  for  certain
employee  benefit accounts unless the depository institution is well capitalized
or, under certain circumstances, adequately capitalized; (iv) prohibits  insured
state chartered banks from engaging as principal in any type of activity that is
not  permissible for a national  bank unless the FDIC  permits such activity and
the bank  meets all  of its  regulatory capital  requirements; (v)  directs  the
appropriate federal banking agency to determine the amount of readily marketable
purchased  mortgage servicing  rights that may  be included  in calculating such
institution's tangible, core  and risk-based  capital; and  (vi) provides  that,
subject  to certain limitations, any federal  savings association may acquire or
be acquired by any insured depository institution.

    The FDIC has regulations implementing the risk-based premium system mandated
by  the  FDIC  Improvement  Act.   Under  the  regulations  insured   depository
institutions  are now required  to pay insurance  premiums within a  range of 23
cents per $100 of deposits to 31  cents per $100 of deposits depending on  their
risk   classification.  To   determine  the   risk-based  assessment   for  each
institution, the  FDIC  will  categorize an  institution  as  well  capitalized,
adequately  capitalized or undercapitalized based on  its capital ratios. A well
capitalized institution is one that has at least a 10% total risk-based  capital
ratio,  a 6% Tier  1 risk-based capital ratio  and a 5%  Tier 1 leverage capital
ratio. An adequately  capitalized institution  will have  at least  an 8%  total
risk-based  capital ratio, a 4% Tier 1 risk-based  capital ratio and a 4% Tier 1
leverage capital ratio. An  undercapitalized institution will  be one that  does
not  meet  either of  the  above definitions.  The  FDIC will  also  assign each
institution  to  one  of  the  three   subgroups  based  upon  reviews  by   the
institution's primary

                                       53
<PAGE>
federal  or state regulatory,  statistical analyses of  financial statements and
other information relevant to evaluating the risk posed by the institution. As a
result, the assessment rates within each of three capital categories will be  as
follows (expressed as cents per $100 of deposits):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          SUPERVISORY
                                           SUBGROUP
                                          ----------
                                          A   B   C
                                          --  --  --
<S>                                       <C>
Well capitalized........................  23  26  29
Adequately capitalized..................  26  29  30
Undercapitalized........................  29  30  31
</TABLE>

    The FDIC has recently announced a proposal to lower banks' deposit insurance
premiums. The plan would reduce assessments from their current rates of 23 to 31
cents, or basis points, per every hundred dollars in insured deposits, to a rate
of  4 to  31 basis points,  depending upon the  condition of the  bank. The FDIC
estimates that up to 90% of all banks will have substantial reductions in  their
premiums,  bringing  the average  Bank Insurance  Fund premium  to 4.5  cents, a
reduction from the current 23 cents. The new rates will not go into effect until
the FDIC  can  verify  that  the  Bank Insurance  Fund  has  reached  the  1.25%
recapitalization  level. Under the proposal, banks that are not well capitalized
and considered  to  be  in  sound  condition  may  face  a  greater  competitive
disadvantage  than in  the past due  to larger differences  in deposit insurance
assessments.

    In addition, the FDIC has issued final and proposed regulations implementing
provisions of  the FDIC  Improvement Act  relating to  powers of  insured  state
banks.  Final regulations  issued in October  1992 prohibit  insured state banks
from making  equity  investments of  a  type, or  in  an amount,  that  are  not
permissible  for national banks.  In general, equity  investments include equity
securities, partnership interests and equity interests in real estate. Under the
final regulations, non-permissible investments must be divested by no later than
December 19, 1996. The Bank has no such non-permissible investments.

    Regulations issued  in  December  1993 prohibit  insured  state  banks  from
engaging  as  principal in  any activity  not permissible  for a  national bank,
without FDIC approval. The proposal  also provides that subsidiaries of  insured
state  banks may not engage as principal in any activity that is not permissible
for a subsidiary of a national bank, without FDIC approval.

    The impact of the FDIC Improvement Act on the Bank is uncertain,  especially
since  many of  the regulations promulgated  thereunder have  only been recently
adopted and certain  of the law's  provisions still need  to be defined  through
future  regulatory action. Certain provisions, such as the recently adopted real
estate lending standards and the limitations on investments and powers of  state
banks  and  the  rules to  be  adopted  governing compensation,  fees  and other
operating policies, may affect the way in which the Bank conducts its  business,
and  other  provisions,  such as  those  relating  to the  establishment  of the
risk-based  premium  system,  may  adversely   affect  the  Bank's  results   of
operations.  Furthermore, the  actual and  potential restrictions  and sanctions
that apply  to or  may be  imposed on  undercapitalized institutions  under  the
prompt  corrective action and  other provisions of the  FDIC Improvement Act may
significantly adversely affect  the operations  and liquidity of  the Bank,  the
value  of  its Common  Stock and  its ability  to raise  funds in  the financial
markets.

    CAPITAL ADEQUACY GUIDELINES

    The Federal Reserve Board and the  FDIC have issued guidelines to  implement
the  risk-based capital requirements. The guidelines are intended to establish a
systematic analytical framework that makes regulatory capital requirements  more
sensitive  to differences  in risk  profiles among  banking organizations, takes
off-balance sheet items into account in assessing capital adequacy and minimizes
disincentives to holding liquid, low-risk assets. Under these guidelines, assets
and credit equivalent  amounts of off-balance  sheet items, such  as letters  of
credit  and outstanding  loan commitments, are  assigned to one  of several risk
categories, which range from 0% for  risk-free assets, such as cash and  certain
U.S.  Government securities,  to 100% for  relatively high-risk  assets, such as
loans   and   investments   in   fixed   assets,   premises   and   other   real

                                       54
<PAGE>
estate  owned. The aggregated dollar amount  of each category is then multiplied
by the risk-weight associated with that category. The resulting weighted  values
from  each of the risk categories are then added together to determine the total
risk-weighted assets.

    A  banking  organization's   qualifying  total  capital   consists  of   two
components:  Tier 1  capital (core  capital) and  Tier 2  capital (supplementary
capital). Tier 1 capital consists primarily of common stock, related surplus and
retained  earnings,  qualifying  noncumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock  and
minority   interests  in  the  equity  accounts  of  consolidated  subsidiaries.
Intangibles, such  as goodwill,  are  generally deducted  from Tier  1  capital;
however,   purchased  mortgage   servicing  rights  and   purchase  credit  card
relationships may be included, subject to  certain limitations. At least 50%  of
the  banking  organization's total  regulatory capital  must  consist of  Tier 1
capital.

    Tier 2 capital may consist of (i) the allowance for possible loan and  lease
losses  in  an  amount up  to  1.25%  of risk-weighted  assets;  (ii) cumulative
perpetual preferred stock  and long-term  preferred stock  and related  surplus;
(iii)  hybrid capital instruments (instruments with characteristics of both debt
and equity), perpetual debt and mandatory convertible debt securities; and  (iv)
eligible  term subordinated debt  and intermediate-term preferred  stock with an
original maturity of five years or more, including related surplus, in an amount
up to 50% of Tier 1 capital. The  inclusion of the foregoing elements of Tier  2
capital  are  subject to  certain requirements  and  limitations of  the federal
banking agencies.

    The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have also adopted a minimum  leverage
capital  ratio of Tier 1  capital to average total assets  of 3% for the highest
rated banks.  This  leverage  capital  ratio is  only  a  minimum.  Institutions
experiencing or anticipating significant growth or those with other than minimum
risk  profiles are  expected to maintain  capital well above  the minimum level.
Furthermore, higher leverage capital ratios  are required to be considered  well
capitalized  or  adequately  capitalized  under  the  prompt  corrective  action
provisions of the FDIC Improvement Act.

    As of March 31, 1995, the Company and the Bank had total risk-based  capital
ratios  of 23.12%  and 17.34%,  Tier 1 risk-based  capital ratios  of 21.87% and
16.09% and leverage ratios of 10.67% and 7.85%, respectively.

    CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

    In February 1992, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")  issued
SFAS  No. 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes," which supersedes SFAS No. 96 of the
same title. SFAS No. 109 is effective for fiscal years beginning after  December
31,  1992, or earlier  at the Bank's option.  SFAS No. 109  employs an asset and
liability approach in accounting for income  taxes payable or refundable at  the
date  of  the financial  statements as  a result  of all  events that  have been
recognized in the  financial statements  and as  measured by  the provisions  of
enacted tax laws. Adoption by the Bank of SFAS No. 109 is not expected to have a
material impact on the Bank's financial statements.

    In  addition, in December  1991, the FASB issued  SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures
about Fair Value of Financial Instruments," which is effective for fiscal  years
ending  after December 15, 1992 (December 15,  1995 in the case of entities with
less than  $150  million in  total  assets).  SFAS No.  107  requires  financial
intermediaries  to disclose, either in the body of their financial statements or
in the accompanying notes, the "fair  value" of financial instruments for  which
it is "practicable to estimate that value." SFAS No. 107 defines "fair value" as
the  amount at  which a  financial instrument  could be  exchanged in  a current
transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.
Quoted market prices,  if available, are  deemed the best  evidence of the  fair
value of such instruments. Most deposit and loan instruments issued by financial
intermediaries  are subject to  SFAS No. 107  and its effect  will be to require
financial statement  disclosure of  the fair  value of  most of  the assets  and
liabilities  of financial intermediaries such as  the Bank. Management is unable
to predict what effect, if any,  such disclosure requirements could have on  the
market  price of the common stock  of the Bank or its  ability to raise funds in
the financial markets.

    In May  1993, the  FASB issued  Statement of  Financial Standards  No.  114,
"Accounting  by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan" ("SFAS No. 114"), as amended
by SFAS 118. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 114, a loan is considered impaired
when, based on current  information and events, it  is probable that a  creditor

                                       55
<PAGE>
will  be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of
the loan agreement. SFAS No. 114  requires creditors to measure impairment of  a
loan  based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the
loan's effective interest rate. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than
the recorded investment in the loan, a creditor shall recognize an impairment by
creating a valuation allowance with a corresponding charge to bad debt  expense.
This  statement also applies to restructured loans and changes the definition of
in-substance foreclosures to apply  only to loans where  the creditor has  taken
physical  possession of the borrower's assets. SFAS No. 114 applies to financial
statements  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  1994.   Earlier
implementation  is permitted. The Company is  currently evaluating the impact of
the statement on its results of  operations and financial position but does  not
expect  the statement will have a material  impact on operation or the Company's
financial position.

    In June, 1993, the FASB issued  a new Financial Accounting Series  Statement
addressing  the accounting  and reporting  for investments  in equity securities
that have  readily determinable  fair values  and for  all investments  in  debt
securities.  Those  investments  would  be classified  in  three  categories and
accounted for as follows: (i) debt  securities that the entity has the  positive
intent and ability to hold to maturity would be classified as "held to maturity"
and  reported at amortized cost;  (ii) debt and equity  securities that are held
for current resale  would be classified  as trading securities  and reported  at
fair  value, with  unrealized gains and  losses included in  earnings; and (iii)
debt and equity securities not classified as either securities held to  maturity
or  trading securities would be classified as securities available for sale, and
reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from  earnings
and  reported  as a  separate  component of  shareholders'  equity. The  rule is
effective for financial statements for calendar year 1994, but may be applied to
an earlier  fiscal year  for which  annual financial  statements have  not  been
issued.

    The Bank has both investment securities classified as "held to maturity" and
investment  securities classified as "available for sale." Securities classified
as available for sale are reported at their fair value at the end of each fiscal
quarter. Accordingly, the value of  such securities fluctuates based on  changes
in  interest rates. Generally,  an increase in  interest rates will  result in a
decline in  the value  of  investment securities  available  for sale,  while  a
decline  in  interest rates  will result  in an  increase in  the value  of such
securities. Therefore, the value of investment securities available for sale and
the Bank's shareholders' equity  is subject to fluctuation  based on changes  in
interest  rates.  As a  consequence, the  Bank's  capital levels  for regulatory
purposes could  change  based  solely  on fluctuations  in  interest  rates  and
fluctuations in the value of investment securities held for sale.

    INTERSTATE BANKING ACT

    On  September  29, 1994,  the President  signed, the  Riegle-Neal Interstate
Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the "Interstate Banking Act"). The
Interstate Banking  Act  establishes  full, nationwide  interstate  banking  and
branching.  Among other things, the Interstate Banking Act permits eligible bank
holding companies to acquire banks located in any state, beginning September 29,
1995; allows a bank  to merge with  a bank in another  state, beginning June  1,
1997,  provided neither  state takes legislative  action before May  31, 1997 to
"opt-out" (i.e., prohibit interstate  mergers); prohibits an interstate  merger,
other  than one involving affiliated banks or initial entry into a state, if the
resulting holding company  or bank  would control more  than 10  percent of  the
deposits held by insured depository institutions nationwide or 30 percent of the
deposits  held by depository  institutions in any state  affected by the merger;
permits states to prohibit interstate acquisitions of banks under five years  of
age; permits a bank to establish de novo branches in any state in which the bank
does not maintain a branch only if the state adopts a law that expressly permits
all  out-of-state banks to establish  de novo branches in  such state (the state
"opt-in" election);  subjects  national  bank branches  to  certain  state  laws
regarding  community  reinvestment, consumer  protection,  fair lending  and the
establishment  of  intrastate  branches;  allows  foreign  banks  to   establish
branches,  either de novo or by acquisition and merger, in any state outside the
state in which  the bank has  its U.S. headquarters  to the same  extent that  a
domestic  bank  may  establish such  branches;  permits the  Comptroller  of the
Currency to continue to preempt the  application of state laws to national  bank
branches,  but creates a new "notice  and opportunity to comment" procedure when
the OCC is considering certain preemptions of state

                                       56
<PAGE>
law; and neither  grants nor limits  the authority of  states to tax  interstate
operations  as permitted under  the U.S. Constitution or  other federal law. The
Company cannot predict the  impact the Interstate Banking  Act will have on  the
banking industry or the business and value of the Company.

    HAZARDOUS WASTE CLEAN-UP COSTS

    Management  is  aware of  recent  legislation and  court  actions concerning
lender liability  relating  to  hazardous waste  clean-up  costs  and  continued
liability. Based on a general survey of the Bank's loan portfolio, conversations
with  local authorities  and appraisers, and  the type of  lending currently and
historically done by  the Bank (the  Bank as a  rule has not  made the types  of
loans   generally  associated  with   hazardous  waste  contamination  problems)
management  is  not  aware  of  any  potential  liability  for  hazardous  waste
contamination.

    OTHER REGULATIONS AND POLICIES

    The  federal  regulatory agencies  have  adopted regulations  that implement
Section 304 of FDICIA which requires  federal banking agencies to adopt  uniform
regulations   prescribing  standards  for  real  estate  lending.  Each  insured
depository institution  must adopt  and maintain  a comprehensive  written  real
estate  lending policy, developed in conformance with prescribed guidelines, and
each agency has specified loan-to-value limits in guidelines concerning  various
categories of real estate loans.

    Various  requirements and restrictions  under the laws  of the United States
and the  State  of  California  affect  the  operations  of  the  Bank.  Federal
regulations  include  requirements  to  maintain  non-interest  bearing reserves
against deposits, limitations  on the nature  and amount of  loans which may  be
made, and restrictions on payment of dividends. The California Superintendent of
Banks  regulates  the  number  and  locations of  the  branch  offices  of bank.
California law exempts banks from the usury laws.

    Under the Financial Institutions Supervisory Act, the Federal Reserve  Board
also  has authority to prohibit a bank from engaging in business practices which
it considers  to  be unsafe  or  unsound. It  is  possible, depending  upon  the
financial  condition of the bank in question and other factors, that the Federal
Reserve Board could assert that the payment of dividends or other payments might
under some circumstances be such an unsafe or unsound practice.

    Future cash dividends by the Bank to the Company will generally depend  upon
the  assessment of  their respective Boards  of Directors of  the future capital
requirements of such institutions and other factors.

MONETARY POLICY

    The earnings and growth  of the Bank  will be affected  not only by  general
economic  conditions, both domestic and international,  but also by the monetary
and fiscal policies  of the  United States  and its  agencies, particularly  the
Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board can and does implement national
monetary  policy, such as seeking to curb inflation and combat recession, by its
open market operations in U.S.  Government securities, limitations upon  savings
and  time  deposit  interest  rates,  and  adjustments  to  the  discount  rates
applicable to  borrowings by  banks which  are members  of the  Federal  Reserve
System.  The actions of the  Federal Reserve Board influence  the growth of bank
loans, investments and deposits and also affect interest rates charged on  loans
and  paid on deposits.  The nature and  impact that future  changes in fiscal or
monetary policies  or economic  controls may  have on  the Bank's  business  and
earnings cannot be predicted.

    Other  legislation has been proposed or  is pending before the United States
Congress which could affect the financial institution industry. Such legislation
includes proposals to further alter  the structure, regulation, and  competitive
relationships  of the nation's financial institutions, to reorganize the federal
regulatory structure of the  financial institution industry,  and to change  the
range  of financial services which banks and bank holding companies can provide.
It cannot  be predicted  whether the  pending or  proposed legislation  will  be
adopted  or  what effect  such legislation  will have  on commercial  banking in
general or the business of the Bank in particular.

                                       57
<PAGE>
    It  is impossible  to predict  with any  degree of  accuracy the competitive
impact these laws will have on commercial banking in general and the business of
the Bank  in  particular.  However, there  appears  to  be a  lessening  of  the
historical  distinction between  the services offered  by financial institutions
and other businesses offering financial  services. It is anticipated that  banks
will  experience increased competition  for deposits and  loans and increases in
their cost of funds.

ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS

    MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING.  As a  result of the deficiencies noted  above,
on  September 22, 1993, the Bank entered into the MOU with both the FDIC and the
Superintendent. Among  other  items  the MOU  set  forth  specific  requirements
designed  to address the Bank's problem  loans and nonperforming assets, as well
as the correction of  deficiencies in credit  administration and calculation  of
the  loan loss reserve. Many of the  corrective actions required by the MOU were
undertaken by the Bank prior  to the effective date of  the MOU, and all of  the
above described activities have assisted the Bank in complying with the terms of
the MOU.

    The  MOU also required, among other things, that the Bank must have a Tier 1
capital ratio of at least 7% by March 22, 1994. In an attempt to comply with the
capital requirements  under the  MOU, the  Company entered  into a  best-efforts
Underwriting  Agreement  with Spectrum  Securities,  we prepared  a Registration
Statement on Form SB-2 and  commenced an Rights and  Public Offering on May  13,
1994.  At the conclusion  of the Offering  on October 15,  1994, Monarch Bancorp
failed to raise the minimum  of $2.5 million and the  funds held in the  Impound
Account  at First Interstate  Bank of California were  returned with interest to
investors subscribing to the Offering. As a result of the failure to receive the
minimum amount in the Offering, the Bank was not in compliance with the 7%  Tier
1  requirement contained in  the MOU. The Orders  described below superseded the
MOU.

SECTION 8(B) ORDER

    Following the conclusion of the 1994  FDIC examination of the Bank, for  the
purpose  of  cooperating with  the  FDIC and  without  admitting or  denying any
allegations,  Monarch  Bank,  the   wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the   Company,
stipulated  to the issuance of a Section 8(b) Order (the "8(b) Order"). The 8(b)
Order became effective  on December 23,  1994, and the  8(b) Order requires  the
Bank  to  perform several  actions within  certain time  frames. The  8(b) Order
includes the following  requirements: (i) management  shall have  qualifications
and  experience commensurate with  each member's duties  and responsibilities of
the Bank, and the qualifications of management shall be assessed on its  ability
to  comply with the requirements  of the 8(b) Order, operate  the Bank in a safe
and sound manner, comply with applicable  laws and regulations, and restore  all
aspects  of the Bank to a safe and  sound condition; (ii) the Board of Directors
shall increase  its participation  in the  affairs of  the Bank,  including  the
review  and  approval  of  several  reports,  operating  policies  and committee
actions; (iii) by  no later  than April  30, 1995, the  Bank shall  have Tier  1
capital  in an amount as to  equal or exceed 7% of  the Bank's total assets, and
thereafter, during the life of  the 8(b) Order, the  Bank shall maintain Tier  1
capital  in such an amount as to equal  or exceed 7% of the Bank's total assets,
and the Bank shall adopt a capital  plan to meet the minimum risk-based  capital
requirements as described in the FDIC rules and regulations; (iv) the Bank shall
eliminate  from its books all assets  classified loss on the recent examination,
and to reduce assets classified substandard according to the schedule  contained
in  the  8(b) Order,  and  the Bank  shall eventually  reduce  the total  of all
adversely  classified  assets;  (v)  prohibitions  and  restrictions  concerning
further  extensions  of credit  to borrowers  whose  assets have  been adversely
classified; (vi) revise and implement an  amended loan policy to improve  credit
administration  and underwriting  procedures; (vii)  reduce loan concentrations;
(viii) establish and maintain an adequate reserve for loan losses, implement the
policy for determining the adequacy of the  loan loss reserve, and the Board  of
Directors  shall review  the reserve at  least once each  calendar quarter; (ix)
prepare and implement a written plan and comprehensive budget for all categories
of income and expense  to be submitted  to the FDIC  and the Superintendent  for
review  and comment and  an evaluation by  the Board of  Directors of the actual
performance of the plan and  budget on a quarterly  basis; (x) a correction,  to
the  extent possible, of certain violations  of law contained in the examination
report; (xi)  adopt and  implement a  policy to  provide for  adequate  internal
routine  and control policies consistent with  safe and sound banking practices,
develop and

                                       58
<PAGE>
implement an internal audit program  that establishes procedures to protect  the
integrity  of the Bank's operational and  accounting systems; (xii) file amended
Consolidated Reports of Condition as  of March 31, 1994  and June 30, 1994,  and
thereafter  file accurate Consolidated Reports of Condition; (xiii) not pay cash
dividends without the prior consent of the FDIC; and (xiv) file written progress
reports with the FDIC.

SECTION 1913 ORDER

    As a  result  of  a  recent examination  by  the  California  State  Banking
Department,  the Bank  agreed to a  final order under  California Financial Code
Section 1913 (the  "1913 Order")  with the California  State Banking  Department
(the  "Department") that is effective December 14, 1994. The 1913 Order provides
that the Bank shall take certain actions, including the following: (i) the  Bank
shall  retain management  acceptable to the  Department and the  FDIC that shall
operate the Bank in a safe and sound manner and implement the provisions of  the
Order;  (ii) the Bank shall adopt and implement a comprehensive business plan to
provide forward planning and restoring the  Bank to a sound condition, and  such
plan  shall be submitted to the Department  and the FDIC for review and comment;
(iii) by  April 30,  1995, the  Bank shall  increase its  tangible  shareholders
equity  by an amount which equals or exceeds $2 million, and shall have tangible
shareholders' equity which equals  or exceeds 7% of  total tangible assets,  and
thereafter  the Bank  shall maintain  tangible shareholders'  equity in  such an
amount as to equal or  exceed 7% of total tangible  assets; (iv) the Bank  shall
charge-off  all assets that have been classified loss, and the Bank shall reduce
assets classified substandard according to  the reduction schedule contained  in
the 1913 Order; (v) the Bank shall maintain an adequate allowance for loan loss,
the Board shall review the adequacy of the allowance for loan loss at the end of
each  calendar quarter;  (vi) the  Bank shall adopt  and implement  a budget for
1995, which shall be acceptable to the  Department and the FDIC; (vii) the  Bank
shall  adopt and  implement written policies  and procedures  to ensure adequate
supervision of lending activities in a form acceptable to the Department and the
FDIC; (viii) the Bank  shall not make any  distributions to shareholders  except
with  the  prior written  approval of  the Superintendent;  (ix) the  Bank shall
correct all violations of law; and (x) the Bank shall furnish a written progress
report to the Department and the FDIC.

    SECTION 38 NOTICE.  As a result  of its 1994 examination, the FDIC  notified
the Bank that it fell within the undercapitalized capital category under Section
38  of the FDI Act. As  a result of such notification,  the Bank filed a capital
plan with the FDIC, and  the Company executed a  guarantee of the capital  plan.
However,  by March 31, 1995, the Bank achieved compliance with Section 38 as the
Bank's leverage capital ratio exceeded 4%  (it was approximately 7.85% at  March
31, 1995, following completion of the Private Placement Offering).

    Based  on preliminary unaudited figures as of March 31, 1995, as a result of
the completion of the first phase of the Private Placement Offering, the  Bank's
leverage capital ratio increased to approximately 7.85%, which was approximately
$538,000  above the  7% level required  under the  Orders. See "Capitalization."
However, no assurance can be given that the results of subsequent operations and
this Offering will maintain the 7% minimum imposed under the Orders.

    The Bank as of March 31, 1995  is in full compliance with the provisions  of
the  Orders relating to capital  and capital ratios. Management  of the Bank has
taken specific action to improve the Bank's credit administration including  the
adoption  of revised  policies for lending  and loan  administration, changes to
staff to improve technical  lending skills, and  reducing classified loans.  The
Board  is increasing its participation  in the affairs of  the Bank and the Bank
has charged-off all  assets classified  loss on  the recent  examination and  is
currently  in  compliance  with  the  reduction  schedule  of  classified assets
contained in  the  8(b) Order.  The  Bank has  not  extended any  credit  to  an
individual  whose extension of  credit has been  charged-off or classified loss,
and the Loan Committee of the Bank will approve any further renewal or extension
of credit to a borrower whose loan was classified substandard. The Bank has also
amended its policies and  procedures. The Board of  Directors will be  reviewing
the  reserve for  loan losses  and that  additional provisions  were made  as of
December 31, 1994 in order to establish an adequate reserve for loan losses. The
Bank has already filed amended Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income.

    However, compliance with the terms of  the Orders will be determined by  the
FDIC  and the Superintendent  during subsequent examinations  of the Company and
the Bank. The FDIC and the Superintindent have

                                       59
<PAGE>
not made a determination of the Bank's compliance with the Orders, and there can
be no  assurance  given  that  in  its next  examination  the  FDIC  and/or  the
Superintendent  will  agree with  management's  analysis. The  Bank's regulatory
agencies are required to examine the Bank within certain statutory time  frames,
and  management of the Company believes the Bank will be examined before the end
of the second quarter of 1995. In  the event the FDIC and/or the  Superintendent
determines  that the Company or the Bank are not in compliance with the terms of
the Orders, or the FDIC and/or  the Superintendent otherwise determine that  the
Company or the Bank is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices in conducting its
business or otherwise violating any law, rule or regulation, the FDIC and/or the
Superintendent would have available to it various remedies, including taking one
or  more of the enforcement  actions discussed below. There  can be no assurance
that the steps taken by the Company and the Bank will be sufficient to terminate
the Orders or that enforcement actions will not be commenced in the future.

    Although the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company  believes  the  Bank  is
currently  in compliance with the Orders, if  the Bank is not in compliance with
the Orders as determined by the  FDIC and/or the Superintendent, the Bank  could
be  subject to further enforcement action. If the FDIC and/or the Superintendent
determines that the Bank is subject to further enforcement action or takes other
material adverse actions against the Bank, the Company will comply with  federal
securities  laws and  any material adverse  action against the  Company or other
adverse change will require an affirmative resolicitation, notwithstanding  that
subscriptions may not be revoked as described in the "OFFERING" herein.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    In  the ordinary course of business, the  Bank is subject to claims, counter
actions, and  other litigation.  No single  action or  similar group  of  claims
exceeds 10 percent of liquid assets (Cash and Federal Funds Sold).

    At  the present time,  the Bank is  a defendant in  litigation brought by an
account holder related to the  Bank's activities as custodian for  self-directed
Individual Retirement Accounts administered by First Pension Corporation and its
successor,  Summit Trust  Services, both  of which  appear to  be insolvent. The
litigation seeks damages of  $32,000 against the Bank.  Based on facts known  to
them   at  this  time,  the  Board  of  Directors,  management  and  the  Bank's
representatives do not believe to the best of their knowledge that the Bank  has
any  material  liability to  any  account holder  for  which the  Bank  acted as
custodian. However, no assurance can be given that further litigation  involving
the Bank will not result or that liability may not be incurred.

EMPLOYEES

    At  December 31, 1994, the Company and  the Bank had 42 full-time equivalent
employees. The Company believes that its employee relations are excellent.

COMPETITION

    The banking  business in  California generally,  and in  the Bank's  primary
service areas specifically, is highly competitive with respect to both loans and
deposits, and is dominated by a relatively small number of major banks with many
offices  and operations over  a wide geographic area.  Among the advantages such
major banks  have  over the  Bank  are  their ability  to  finance  wide-ranging
advertising  campaigns and  to allocate  their investment  assets to  regions of
higher yield  and  demand. Such  banks  offer  certain services  such  as  trust
services  and international banking  which are not offered  directly by the Bank
(but  which  can  be  offered  indirectly  by  the  Bank  through  correspondent
institutions).  In addition,  by virtue  of their  greater total capitalization,
such banks  have  substantially higher  lending  limits than  the  Bank.  (Legal
lending limits to an individual customer are based upon a percentage of a bank's
total   capital  accounts,  and   the  Bank's  legal   lending  limits  will  be
substantially increased as a result of  this Offering.) Banks also compete  with
money  market funds and other money market  instruments which are not subject to
interest rate ceilings.

    In order to compete with other  competitors in their primary service  areas,
the  Bank  attempts to  use  to the  fullest  extent the  flexibility  which its
independent status permits. This includes  an emphasis on specialized  services,
local  promotional activity, and personal contacts by their respective officers,
directors and employees. The Bank offers highly personalized banking services.

                                       60
<PAGE>
    In addition, as a result of consolidations and mergers, such as the Bank  of
America  and  Security Pacific  National Bank  merger, and  the failure  of some
financial institutions  in  the  Bank's  market area,  the  Bank,  as  the  only
locally-owned  Bank  in Laguna  Niguel,  has recently  experienced  an increased
demand for its services in its local market area.

PROPERTIES

    The Bank's office  is located in  a shopping/business center  at 30000  Town
Center  Drive, Laguna Niguel, California. The  leased building is free standing,
and has approximately  8,500 square feet  of space. The  land and building  were
leased on August 1, 1991 for a twenty (20) year term with three 10-year options.
After the first five (5) years of the lease, the lease is subject to annual cost
of  living increases;  the annual rent,  as of December  1994, was approximately
$10,000 per  month  triple  net. The  facility  is  equipped with  a  vault  and
safe-deposit  boxes,  eight  (8)  teller  stations,  two  (2)  automatic  teller
machines, four (4) drive-up  teller stations, a  night depository, and  includes
parking adjacent to the Bank.

    An  administrative office, located 27751 La Paz  Road in Laguna Niguel, is a
free standing building with approximately 7,750 square feet of space. The  lease
on  this facility was renewed in June 1991 for five years. The monthly rental as
of December 31, 1994 was approximately $4,700.

    The Company formerly occupied  approximately 5,000 square  feet of space  at
30100  Town Center Drive, Laguna Niguel. This facility has a 13 year lease which
started in  1983 and  ends in  June 1996.  The facility  was subleased  in  1987
through  September 1993 with an  option to extend the  sublease until June 1996.
The original sublease was structured as a pass-through for income  approximately
equal  to expense. In late 1993 the  Bank's tenant agreed to exercise its option
but at current market rates for similar  property. As a result of this  renewal,
which  include free rent and a reduced  rate, the Bank recorded a projected loss
on this property of  $61,000 in December  1993 and $20,000  in 1994. The  Bank's
expense  and  income  for  this  sublease  are  the  same  after  the accounting
adjustment for the projected difference in income versus expense.

    Rental income from  subleased properties totaled  approximately $69,000  and
$118,000 in 1994 and 1993, respectively.

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS

    On  October 4, 1994, the  Board of Directors of  Monarch Bancorp through its
Audit Committee dismissed Deloitte & Touche as its auditors.

    Deloitte & Touche's report dated January 28, 1994 (except for Note 16 as  to
which  the date is April 14, 1994) on the Company's financial statements for the
year-ended December 31, 1993  did not include an  adverse opinion or  disclaimer
opinion  nor was it  qualified as to  audit scope or  accounting principles; the
report did  include a  statement  of uncertainty  relating  to a  Memorandum  of
Understanding  between the Company's wholly-owned  subsidiary, Monarch Bank, and
the Federal  Deposit  Insurance Corporation  and  the California  State  Banking
Department  that required the Bank to  meet certain prescribed requirements. The
report dated  January 29,  1993 for  the year-ended  December 31,  1992 did  not
contain  an adverse opinion or a disclaimer  of opinion and was not qualified or
modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

    During the Company's fiscal years ended  December 31, 1993 and December  31,
1992,  and  the  subsequent interim  period,  there were  no  disagreements with
Deloitte & Touche on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial
statement disclosure or auditing  scope or procedure which,  if not resolved  to
Deloitte  & Touche's satisfaction, would have caused it to make reference to the
subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its report.

    On October 9, 1994,  the Board of Directors  Audit Committee of the  Company
engaged the firm of Dayton & Associates, Laguna Hills, California as auditors to
examine the books and accounts of the Company for the fiscal year ended December
31,  1994. The Company has  not during its fiscal  years ended December 31, 1993
and December 31, 1992, and the subsequent interim period, consulted with  Dayton
&  Associates regarding the  application of accounting  principles to a specific
transaction or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company's
financial statements.

                                       61
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS

    The following table  sets forth, as  of March 31,  1995, as to  each of  the
directors  of the Company, such person's age, such person's principal occupation
during the past five years, and the  period during which such person has  served
as a director of the Company and the Bank.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION             DIRECTOR OF      DIRECTOR OF
NAME AND OFFICE HELD                          AGE              FOR PAST FIVE YEARS             COMPANY SINCE     BANK SINCE
- ----------------------------------------      ---      ------------------------------------  -----------------  -------------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>                                   <C>                <C>
Rice E. Brown, Director                           57   President of Rice Brown Financial              1988             1988
                                                       Services
E. Lynn Caswell, Chairman of the Board,           50   Commercial Banking and Bank Holding            1987             1987
 President and Chief Executive Office                  Company Management
Raymond B. Cox, Director                          86   President, Cox Marketing Associates            1983             1979
William C. Demmin, Director and Senior            49   Commercial Banking and Bank Holding            1993             1993
 Vice President and Chief Financial                    Company Management
 Officer(7)
Alfred H. Jannard, Director(8)                    54   Owner -- Niguel Pharmacy                       1993             1993
Cheryl Moore, Director(9)                         48   Owner and retailer -- Something                1993             1993
                                                       Moore
Margaret A. Redmond, Director                     54   Vice President & Office Manager of a           1988             1988
                                                       Professional Orthodontia Practice
                                                       Firm
<FN>
- ------------------------
(7)  Mr.  Demmin has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
     and  Corporate  Secretary  for  the  Company  and  Bank  since  1987.   His
     appointment  to the Company and Bank Board  of Directors is effective as of
     May 15, 1993. Mr.  Demmin was promoted to  Executive Vice President of  the
     Company and the Bank in April 1995.

(8)  Mr.  Jannard, a long-time  shareholder of the  Company and a  member of the
     Bank's Advisory  Board, was  appointed to  the Company  and Bank  Board  of
     Directors effective May 15, 1993. Mr. Jannard has owned and operated Niguel
     Pharmacy since 1979 and is a long-time resident of Laguna Niguel.

(9)  Ms.  Moore, a  long-time shareholder  of the  Company and  a member  of the
     Bank's Advisory  Board, was  appointed to  the Company  and Bank  Board  of
     Directors  effective May  15, 1993.  Ms. Moore  is a  long-time resident of
     Laguna Niguel and has owned and  operated two businesses in Laguna  Niguel,
     most recently, Something Moore, Inc.
</TABLE>

    The  Company has agreed to appoint Mr. John Rose as a member of the Board of
Directors subject  to regulatory  approval. Mr.  Rose is  one of  the  Financial
Advisors  who assisted the Company in structuring and completing the first phase
of the  Private Placement  Offering. Mr.  Rose has  an extensive  background  in
banking  and finance. Since January 1994, Mr.  Rose has been President and owner
of McAllen Capital Partners, Chicago, Illinois and Mr. Rose is also currently an
executive officer  of  FNB  Corporation, Pennsylvania.  From  February  1992  to
December  1993, Mr. Rose was Senior Vice President of River Valley Savings Bank,
Chicago, Illinois. From  May 1988  to January 1992,  Mr. Rose  was President  of
Livingston  Financial Group, Chicago, Illinois, a  venture capital firm, and Mr.
Rose has over 20 years of banking experience.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

    The Company's directors are elected on a  one year basis to serve until  the
next  annual meeting of shareholders and  until their successors are elected and
have qualified.

                                       62
<PAGE>
    The following  table sets  forth as  to each  of the  persons who  currently
serves  as an Executive Officer of the  Company and the Bank, such person's age,
such person's principal  occupation during  the past five  years, such  person's
current  position with  the Bank,  and the  period during  which the  person has
served in such position.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 YEAR OF          YEAR OF
                                            POSITION WITH          PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION      APPOINTMENT TO   APPOINTMENT TO
          NAME                 AGE         COMPANY AND BANK         FOR PAST FIVE YEARS          COMPANY           BANK
- -------------------------      ---      ----------------------  ---------------------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                        <C>          <C>                     <C>                          <C>              <C>
E. Lynn Caswell(10)                50   Chairman of the Board,  Commercial Banking and Bank          1987             1987
                                        President and CEO       Holding Company Management
William Demmin(11)                 50   Executive Vice          Bank and Bank Holding                1987             1987
                                        President and CFO       Company Management
Louis Cumming(12)                  55   Executive Vice          Bank and Bank Holding              --                 1995
                                        President and Chief     Company Management
                                        Credit Officer
<FN>
- ------------------------
(10) On July 27,  1987, Mr. E.  Lynn Caswell was  appointed President and  Chief
     Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and
     the  Bank, and  on April 20,  1988 was  appointed Chairman of  the Board of
     Directors. Mr.  Caswell  was formerly  the  President and  Chief  Executive
     Officer  of  the Bank  of San  Diego,  and Chief  Operating Officer  of BSD
     Bancorp, its parent Company from 1984 to 1987, and he has over 26 years  of
     banking experience.

(11) On  August  10,  1987, Mr.  William  C.  Demmin was  appointed  Senior Vice
     President and Chief  Financial Officer  of the  Company and  the Bank.  Mr.
     Demmin was promoted to Executive Vice President of the Company and the Bank
     in  April 1995. From 1986 to 1987,  Mr. Demmin served as Cashier of Commer-
     cial Center Bank of Santa Ana,  California and he had previously served  as
     Senior  Vice  President,  Chief  Financial officer,  and  Cashier  of First
     American Bank & Trust  in Laguna Beach  from 1983 to  1986. Mr. Demmin  had
     previously served Bank of America for 11 years, and he has over 27 years of
     banking experience.

(12) On April 28, 1995, Mr. Louis Cumming was appointed Executive Vice President
     and  Senior  Credit  Officer of  the  Bank.  Mr. Cumming  was  formerly the
     Executive Vice President and  Senior Credit Officer  of Cuyamaca Bank  from
     1992  to April 1994, Senior Vice President of First National Bank from 1989
     to 1992, and he has over 30 years of banking experience.
</TABLE>

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

    During 1994, the Board of Directors of the Company held seven (7)  meetings.
The  Bank,  during 1994,  held fifteen  (15) regular  meetings, one  (1) special
meeting and seven (7) joint Executive Sessions. All Directors attended at  least
80% of the Board meetings of the Company and Bank.

    The  Bank Loan Committee,  which is responsible  for reviewing and approving
loans, held  twenty-one (21)  meetings during  1994. Members  of the  Bank  Loan
Committee also function as the Bank's Investment Committee.

    The  Board of Directors Audit Committee held  five (5) meetings in 1994, and
also met  to  review quarterly  financial  reports.  The members  of  the  Audit
Committee  are: Rice E. Brown,  Raymond B. Cox, Alfred  H. Jannard, Cheryl Moore
and Margaret  A. Redmond.  The  duties of  the  Committee include  meetings  and
discussions  with  the Company's  external  auditors and  meetings  with outside
operational auditors  who are  engaged to  perform internal  control audits  and
review and approval various financial reports.

    The  Company and Bank do not  have Compensation or Nominating committees and
handle matters  that  might  otherwise  be  delegated  to  these  committees  in
executive session; all Board members are included in the executive sessions.

                                       63
<PAGE>
COMMON STOCK OWNERSHIP DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CERTAIN PRINCIPAL
SHAREHOLDERS

    The  following  table  lists of  any  known shareholders  with  a beneficial
ownership of five percent of the Company Stock as of March 31, 1995. All  shares
of Common Stock, the only class of security outstanding.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               AMOUNT AND NATURE
                                                                 OF BENEFICIAL     PERCENT OF
            NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                   OWNERSHIP          CLASS
- ------------------------------------------------------------  -------------------  -----------
<S>                                                           <C>                  <C>
Peter Huizenga Testamentary Trust...........................         530,000            9.85%
  Huizenga Capital Management
  Oak Brook, IL 60521
Robert A. Schoellhorn.......................................         530,000            9.85%
  Byan & Gross
  Northbrook, IL 60062
Mutual Discovery Fund.......................................         530,000            9.85%
  (Mutual Series Fund, Inc.)
  Short Hills, NJ 07078
Basswood Partners...........................................         530,000            9.85%
  Paramus, NJ 07652
Kenneth Gaspar..............................................         370,370            6.88%
  Lisle, IL
Jerome White................................................         333,333            6.19%
  Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenerette
  Chicago, IL 60606
</TABLE>

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT

    The  following table reflects as of  March 31, 1995 the beneficial ownership
of management of the Company's Common  stock including stock options which  have
been  vested or  stock options that  will be vested  within 60 days.  All of the
individuals, except Mr. Cumming, are directors of the Bank and Company.

    Mr. John Rose is expected to become  a director of the Company. As of  March
31,  1995,  Mr.  Rose  held 185,185  shares  of  common Stock  or  3.47%  of the
outstanding shares. Assuming the completion  of this Offering, his ownership  is
projected to represent approximately 2.98%.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AMOUNT AND NATURE
                                                                  OF BENEFICIAL      PERCENT OF
                  BENEFICIAL OWNER DIRECTOR                       OWNERSHIP(15)         CLASS
- --------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------  -------------
<S>                                                             <C>                 <C>
Rice E. Brown.................................................          12,345              .23%
E. Lynn Caswell(16)...........................................          53,415              .99%
Louis F. Cumming(17)..........................................          --               --
Raymond B. Cox................................................          23,689              .44%
William C. Demmin(8)..........................................          26,882              .50%
Alfred H. Jannard.............................................          11,840              .22%
Cheryl Moore..................................................           8,108              .15%
Margaret A. Redmond...........................................          26,396              .44%
All seven (7) directors as a group............................         162,675             3.02%
<FN>
- ------------------------
(15) Beneficial  owner  of  a  security includes  any  person  who,  directly or
     indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship,
     or otherwise has or shares: (a)  voting power, which includes the power  to
     vote,  or  to  direct  the  voting  power,  of  such  security;  and/or (b)
     investment power, which  includes the power  to dispose, or  to direct  the
     disposition  of, such security.  Beneficial owner also  includes any person
     who has  the right  to acquire  beneficial ownership  of such  security  as
     defined  above within 60 days of  the Record Date. The calculation includes
     vested stock options totaling 51,320 option shares.

(16) Mr. Caswell and Mr. Demmin are also executive officers.
</TABLE>

                                       64
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>  <C>
(17) Mr. Cumming is an executive  officer of the Bank, but  he does not hold  an
     officer  position with the Company, nor is  he a director of the Company or
     the Bank. Mr. Cumming replaces Mr. Richard Cordova as Senior Vice President
     and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank, who resigned in April 1995.
</TABLE>

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    The Company's executive officers are E. Lynn Caswell, Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief
Executive Officer;  William  C.  Demmin,  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief
Financial Officer. The Company paid no salaries in 1994.

    The  following table reflects all compensation  paid to Mr. E. Lynn Caswell,
the Company's and  Bank's Chief  Executive Officer. No  other executive  officer
received total annual salary and bonus of $100,000 or more.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      SECURITIES
                                                             PROFIT    OTHER ANNUAL   UNDERLYING
         NAME AND POSITION             YEAR       SALARY     SHARING   COMPENSATION     OPTIONS
- -----------------------------------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -------------  -----------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>
E. Lynn Caswell....................       1994  $  128,182  $  --        $  --            --
                                          1993     128,182     --           21,324        55,620
                                          1992     124,730     31,553        8,700        --
</TABLE>

    Mr.  E. Lynn Caswell  executed an Employment Agreement  dated July 23, 1987,
and amended effective July 23, 1989, and July 23, 1991 with the Company and  the
Bank. The Agreement is now effective for a three (3) year period with automatic,
subsequent  three (3)  year renewals,  unless notice  is given  thirty (30) days
prior to the end of any given  period. The Agreement provides for a base  salary
with annual cost of living adjustments to a maximum of 8%. Mr. Caswell's current
base annual salary as of February 28, 1994 is $128,182. In addition, Mr. Caswell
receives  an automobile allowance, reimbursement  for various business expenses,
use of  the Bank's  club  memberships, four  weeks annual  vacation,  insurance,
including  disability and life insurance equal  to four (4) times annual salary,
and other  health and  Company  benefits. Mr.  Caswell  is entitled  to  receive
director's  fees. A profit sharing agreement equal  to 10% of the pre-tax profit
of the Bancorp, as calculated  in accordance with generally accepted  accounting
principles,  is payable to Mr. Caswell within  three (3) months after the end of
the fiscal year. The Agreement may be terminated without cause by majority vote,
or as the result of a merger  or corporate dissolution. Should the Agreement  be
terminated,  Mr. Caswell would receive no less  than six (6) months base salary,
auto allowance, and insurance benefits. The profit sharing arrangement of 10% of
the pre-tax  profit would  be  calculated and  payable as  of  the date  of  the
termination of the Agreement.

STOCK OPTIONS

    The  Monarch Bancorp 1983 Stock Option Plan (the "1983 Plan") was adopted on
May 24, 1983 and amended, by the Board of Directors in May 1988 and March  1989,
and  by Shareholders  at the  July 12, 1988  Annual Meeting  of Shareholders, to
increase the number of authorized shares  of the Company and to reflect  changes
affecting  stock  options  as contained  in  the  Tax Reform  Act  of  1986. The
California Department of Corporations issued a permit for the amended 1983  Plan
in  March 1989. The  1983 Plan has  been qualified as  an incentive stock option
under Section 422A  of the  Internal Revenue  Code of  1954, as  amended by  the
Economic  Recovery Act  of 1981 and  the Tax Reform  Act of 1986.  The 1983 Plan
expired in March 1993.

    The Monarch Bancorp 1993 Stock Option Plan (the "1993 Plan") was adopted  on
March  16, 1993 by the  Board of Directors, and  approved by Shareholders of the
Company at  the June  7, 1993  Annual Meeting  of Shareholders.  The  California
Department  of Corporations issued a  permit for the 1993  Plan, and the Company
intends to  register with  the  Securities and  Exchange Commission  the  shares
reserved for issuance under the 1993 Plan. The 1993 Plan allows for the issuance
of  nonqualified  and  incentive stock  options  as defined  under  the Internal
Revenue Code.

    The 1983  and the  1993 Plans  provided for  an aggregate  total of  204,030
shares  or 25.7% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company as of March
30, 1995, or 3.82% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company as of the
Record Date.  The  Board  of Directors  on  May  16, 1995  approved  a  proposed
amendment  to  the  1993  Plan,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  California
Commissioner of Corporations and

                                       65
<PAGE>
the holders of a majority of the  issued and outstanding shares of the  Company,
that  would increase the number  of shares that are subject  to the 1993 Plan to
approximately 10% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company  following
completion of this Offering.

    On  March 31,  1995, the Company  completed a Private  Placement Offering of
4,547,111 shares of its Common  Stock at a price of  $1.35 per share to  several
accredited investors as defined in SEC Regulation D. If the Company successfully
completes  this  Offering and  sells an  additional  3,177,296 shares  of Common
Stock, the Company  will have  8,518,730 shares  of the  Company's Common  Stock
issued and outstanding, and the Company would then increase the number of shares
in the 1993 Plan to 851,873 shares.

    The  1993 Plan is similar to the  1983 Plan in several respects, except that
options may be granted to consultants and business associates of the Company and
the Bank, the 1993 Plan allows that  an optionee has a right to exercise  vested
options  in the event of termination for cause  for a period of at least 30 days
following such termination, and the 1993 Plan does not allow for acceleration of
unvested options for any reason.

    The Company has agreed  to grant to the  Financial Advisors, in addition  to
the  cash compensation payable  under the engagement  letter, warrants that will
entitle the Financial Advisors to purchase shares  equal to 5% of the number  of
shares issued and outstanding following this Offering, at a price of 120% of the
offering  price. The  warrants will  be for  a term  of five  years and  will be
exercisable after the  first year.  The options will  be non-transferrable.  The
Company has agreed to convert the warrants to stock options under the same terms
and conditions as the warrants except that the term will be extended to ten (10)
years.  The  Board of  Directors intends  to cancel  existing stock  options and
substitute new stock options on prices, and for terms, financially comparable to
terms of the options described above for the Financial Advisors.

                     OPTIONS/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                               INDIVIDUAL GRANTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            PERCENT OF TOTAL
                                         OPTIONS/SARS GRANTED TO    EXERCISE OR
                          OPTIONS/SARS     EMPLOYEES IN FISCAL         BASE         EXPIRATION
NAME                       GRANTED (#)            YEAR             PRICE ($/SH)        DATE
- ------------------------  -------------  -----------------------  ---------------  -------------
<S>                       <C>            <C>                      <C>              <C>
                                                  NONE
</TABLE>

    Mr. Caswell  received options  to  purchase 2,000  shares of  the  Company's
Common  Stock in September 1993 at fair market value as defined in the Company's
1993 Stock Option  Plan. Mr. Caswell  was one of  nine individuals who  received
options in 1993.

    At  the  request of  the Board  of Directors,  Mr. Caswell  also voluntarily
canceled 53,620 options that had been  granted in 1988. These options under  the
terms  of the  1983 Stock  Option Plan had  been fully  vested over  a five year
period, and were exercisable at an average price of $4.28 per share. The Company
reissued 53,620 options under the 1993 Stock Option Plan at $4.25 per share. The
replacement options will be vested as to 1/5 per year over five years and expire
in September 2003.

              AGGREGATED OPTIONS EXERCISED IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND
                            FY-END OPTION/SAR VALUES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 VALUE OF
                                                                 NUMBER OF      UNEXERCISED
                                                                UNEXERCISED    IN-THE-MONEY
                                SHARES                         OPTIONS/SARS    OPTIONS/SARS
                               ACQUIRED                        AT FY-END (#)   AT FY-END (#)
                             ON EXERCISE     VALUE REALIZED    EXERCISABLE/    EXERCISABLE/
NAME                             (#)              ($)          UNEXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- --------------------------  --------------  ----------------  ---------------  -------------
<S>                         <C>             <C>               <C>              <C>
E. Lynn Caswell...........        --               --           10,000/55,620        *
</TABLE>

KSOP

    On January  1, 1993  the Company  and Bank  completed the  formation of  the
Monarch Bank Employee Stock Ownership and Salary Deferral Plan ("KSOP") with the
first deduction from employee salaries on

                                       66
<PAGE>
January  15,  1993. In  1992, the  KSOP  obtained a  $250,000 loan  from another
financial institution, which is guaranteed  by the Company, and acquired  53,360
shares  of previously  issued Company stock  at a  price of $1.00  per share. In
March 1993, the KSOP acquired an additional 198,255 shares at $1.00 per share in
a private placement offering. Repayments on the loan are made by employee salary
deductions and from possible matching contributions by the Bank. Under the terms
of the KSOP, shares will be distributed to participants at the end of each year,
actual release of shares  to the participants is  contingent upon the  repayment
progress  of the loan. The amount of  matching contributions made by the Company
was $19,920 in 1993 and $46,108 in 1994.

DESCRIPTION OF PLAN AND TRUST

    On May 16, 1995,  the Board of  Directors of the  Company approved the  1995
Directors  Deferred  Compensation Plan  (hereinafter  "the Plan").  The  Plan is
effective for fees  earned on  and after July  1, 1995,  subject to  shareholder
approval.  Full power to  construe, interpret and administer  the Plan is vested
with the Administrative Committee (hereinafter "the Committee"), which  consists
of  all non-director executive  officers of the Company.  The Board of Directors
also approved a  trust agreement  for deferred amounts,  the Directors  Deferred
Compensation Trust Agreement.

    Approval  of the Plan and Trust is  subject to shareholder approval in order
to assure  that  the  Plan  qualifies  for  exemption  from  short-swing  profit
liability  pursuant to Rule 16b-3 of the SEC. If stockholders do not approve the
Plan, the Board will consider whether to implement the Plan or may seek a ruling
that the Rule 16b-3 exemption is not required.

    The Plan  allows amendments  to be  made by  the Board  from time  to  time,
provided  that no such amendment may (without a director's consent) alter rights
to payments of amounts already credited to  accounts or delay the time at  which
deferred  amounts were scheduled to be paid  under the Plan. The Company intends
to maintain the Plan and Trust in a manner that will allow ongoing  availability
of  the exemption under SEC  Rule 16b-3 (unless a  ruling is received indicating
that such exemption is not necessary  and therefore currently intends to  submit
to  stockholders for approval any amendments which would materially increase the
benefits available under the Plan or the number of shares of common stock of the
Company ("Company Stock")  which may  be issued  under the  Plan, or  materially
modify the requirements for participation in the Plan.

    The  Plan allows  all directors of  the Company and  Monarch Bank, including
employee directors, (currently a total of 7 persons), to elect by written notice
to defer payment  of all  or a  portion of their  director's fees  for the  next
succeeding  calendar year,  and of all  or any  portion of any  grant of Company
Stock to the director made on or  after the election. Participation in the  Plan
is  voluntary and directors may change their elections annually. The Plan allows
optional deferral of existing fees and awards of Company Stock, with  investment
of  such deferrals in Company Stock.  Elections with respect to deferred amounts
are to be made in writing  by the director prior to  the latest to occur of  the
following:  (i) the beginning of the calendar year  for which the fees are to be
earned; (ii) the director's first day of board service in the year; or (iii) the
first day  of the  calendar month  next following  the date  the director  first
becomes  eligible to participate  in the Plan; provided  that directors who file
Form 4 reports with the SEC cannot make elections later than six months prior to
the date on which any fees deferred by the director are invested in the  Company
Stock.

    The  Company will establish on its books  a separate account for each of its
directors who participates  in the Plan.  All deferred amounts  are invested  in
Company  Stock and the value of a director's account is measured by the value of
and income from the Company  common stock. At the time  a director makes his  or
her  first  election, the  director  may also  choose  to have  deferred amounts
contributed to a trust commonly known as a "rabbi" trust, established to aid  in
the  accumulation of assets  for payment of  deferred amounts. Separate accounts
are to be set up for each director who elects to make deferrals, and the Company
may, in its discretion, contribute to the trust an amount equal to the  deferred
amount,  if it is done within five business days after the deferred amount would
otherwise be paid to the director.

                                       67
<PAGE>
    The Company  will  pay all  administrative  expenses  of the  Plan  for  its
participating  directors as well as the applicable portion of trustee's fees and
expenses, currently estimated at $1,000 per year. (If the Company does not  pay,
the  trust is liable for the expenses.) All income received by the trust, net of
expenses and taxes (if any) will be reinvested in Company Stock.

    Not later  than  the  next  regularly scheduled  meeting  of  the  Committee
following  a director's  termination of service,  the Committee  must direct the
trustee to  commence distribution  of the  amounts credited  to such  director's
account  and direct the trustee as to the form of payment (whether in cash or in
Company Stock). Amounts held in the account are paid in a lump sum or in  annual
installments,  consistent with the method of payment selected by the director at
the time  the  deferral  election  was  initially  made.  In  the  event  of  an
"unforeseen  emergency", such  as a  severe financial  hardship to  the director
resulting from a  sudden and  unexpected illness  or accident  of the  director,
beneficiary  or dependent, (as defined by Section 152(a) of the Internal Revenue
Code), the  Committee may  determine the  amount to  be paid  from the  deferred
amount.

    In  the event of  death, a director's  payment shall be  made to the persons
named in the last written instrument signed by the director and received by  the
Committee  prior to the director's death, and in the event the director fails to
name any person,  the amounts  shall be  paid to  the director's  estate or  the
appropriate distributee thereof.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

    Some  of  the  directors  and  executive officers  of  the  Company  and its
subsidiaries and the companies with which they are associated are customers  of,
and  have had banking transactions with, Monarch  Bank in the ordinary course of
the Bank's business, and the Bank expects to have banking transactions with such
person in the future. In Management's opinion, all loans and commitments to lend
included in such transactions  were made in compliance  with applicable laws  on
substantially  the same terms including interest  rates and collateral, as those
prevailing  for   comparable  transactions   with  other   persons  of   similar
creditworthiness  and did not involve more  than a normal risk of collectability
or present other unfavorable features. The  amount of all such loans and  credit
extensions,  to all executive officers, directors, and principal shareholders of
the Company, together with their associates,  was $141,191 on December 31,  1994
constituting  approximately 16%  of the Bank's  equity capital  accounts on that
date.

    The Bank's health and life insurance programs have been contracted, based on
a competitive bid, through Rice Brown  Financial, which is owned by Rice  Brown,
an insurance broker and a director of the Company and the Bank.

    In  1989, the  Bank sold  its residual  value in  a matured  lease to former
director Parker in  exchange for a  convertible debenture in  another bank.  The
debenture  was converted into shares of common  stock in July 1992; and the Bank
continues to hold  this investment  at a carrying  value of  $103,000. The  book
value  of the shares of such stock  owned by the Bank is approximately $165,942.
The market price for the stock is not meaningful since it is very thinly traded.

    Pursuant to  Federal  and  state  statutes and  regulations,  the  Board  of
Directors  of the  Company is  required to  insure that  all ongoing  and future
transactions with related parties are on  terms no less favorable than could  be
obtained  from independent third parties, and that any such transactions will be
approved by a majority of disinterested directors of the Company.

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

GENERAL

    The Company's Articles of Incorporation, as amended, authorize the  issuance
of  25,000,000  shares of  no par  value  Common Stock  and 5,000,000  shares of
Preferred Stock. As of the date  of this Prospectus, there are 5,341,434  shares
of the Common Stock and no shares of the Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.

COMMON STOCK

    The  holders of the Common  Stock are entitled to one  vote per share on all
matters requiring  stockholder  action,  except  that  in  connection  with  the
election    of    directors,   the    shares    may   be    voted   cumulatively

                                       68
<PAGE>
if a candidate's or candidates' name(s) have been properly placed in  nomination
prior to the voting and a shareholder present at the meeting has given notice of
his  or her intention to  vote his or her  shares cumulatively. If a shareholder
has given such notice, then all  shareholders entitled to vote for the  election
of  directors may cumulate their votes. Cumulative voting entitles a shareholder
to give  one or  more  nominees as  many votes  as  is equal  to the  number  of
directors  to  be elected  multiplied  by the  number  of shares  owned  by such
shareholder, or to distribute his or her votes on the same principle between two
or more nominees as he or she sees fit.

    The holders of Common Stock have no preemptive or other Rights and there are
no redemption, sinking  fund or  conversion privileges  applicable thereto.  The
holders  of Common Stock are entitled to  receive dividends as and when declared
by the Board of  Directors out of funds  legally available therefor, subject  to
the   restrictions  by   its  regulators.  See   "Business."  Upon  liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the  Company, holders of Common Stock are  entitled
to  share  ratably in  all assets  remaining after  payment of  liabilities. All
outstanding shares of  Common Stock  are fully  paid and  nonassessable and  the
shares  of Common  Stock to be  issued in  the Offering will,  upon delivery and
payment therefor in accordance with the terms of the Offering, be fully paid and
nonassessable.

    The registrar and  transfer agent  for the  Company's Common  Stock is  U.S.
Stock Transfer Company.

PREFERRED STOCK

    The  Preferred Stock may be issued from time  to time in one or more series.
The Board of Directors is authorized to  fix the number of shares of any  series
of  Preferred Stock  and to  determine the designation  of any  such shares. The
Board of  Directors  is  also  authorized to  determine  or  alter  the  rights,
preferences,  privileges and restrictions granted to  or imposed upon any wholly
unissued series  of Preferred  Stock  and, within  the limits  and  restrictions
stated  in any  resolution or resolutions  of the Board  of Directors originally
fixing the number  of shares constituting  any series, to  increase or  decrease
(but  not the number  of shares of  such series then  outstanding) the number of
shares of any  series subsequent to  the issues  of shares of  that series.  The
Board  of  Directors does  not presently  intend to  issue any  Preferred Stock.
Although it is  not possible  to state  the actual  effects of  any issuance  of
Preferred  Stock upon the rights of holders  of other securities of the Company,
such effects  might  include  (i)  restrictions on  Common  Stock  dividends  if
Preferred  Stock dividends have not been paid; (ii) dilution of the voting power
and equity interest of warrant  holders of Common Stock  to the extent that  any
Preferred Stock series has voting rights, or that any Preferred Stock shares are
convertible  into Common Stock, or (iii)  inability of current holders of Common
Stock to share in  the Company's assets upon  liquidation until satisfaction  of
any  liquidation preferences granted  to the holders of  the Preferred Stock. In
addition, the issuance of Preferred  Stock under certain circumstances may  have
the  effect if discouraging an attempt to  change control of the Company by, for
example, creating voting impediments to the approval of mergers or other similar
transactions involving the Company.

    Subject to such  preferential rights as  may be determined  by the Board  of
Directors  of the Company in the future in connection with the issuance, if any,
of shares of Preferred Stock, holders of  Common Stock are entitled to cast  one
vote  for each share  held of record and  to cumulate votes  for the election of
directors, to  receive  such  dividends as  may  be  declared by  the  Board  of
Directors   out  of  legally  available  funds  and  to  share  ratably  in  any
distribution of  the Company's  assets  after payment  of  all debts  and  other
liabilities,  upon  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up  of  the Company.
Shareholders do not  have preemptive  rights or  other rights  to subscribe  for
additional  shares,  and  the  Common  Stock is  not  subject  to  conversion or
redemption. The outstanding shares of Common stock are, and the shares of Common
Stock to be issued in the Offering, will be, upon delivery and payment  therefor
in accordance with the terms of the Offering, fully paid and nonassessable.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

    The  validity of the securities  offered hereby will be  passed upon for the
Company by Knecht & Hansen, a partnership of professional corporations,  Newport
Beach,  California. Knecht  & Hansen  beneficially owns  3,200 shares  of Common
Stock of the Company.

                                       69
<PAGE>
                                    EXPERTS

    The consolidated balance sheet  of the Company as  of December 31, 1994  and
the  related  consolidated statements  of  operations, changes  in shareholders'
equity, and cash flows for  each of the two years  in the period ended  December
31,  1994 included in this Prospectus have  been audited by Dayton & Associates,
independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein, and have  been
so  included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority
as experts in accounting and auditing.

                                       70
<PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Independent Auditors' Report...............................................................................
Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 1994............................................................
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993.......................
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 1994
 and 1993..................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993.......................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................
Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheet at March 31, 1995 and 1994............................................
Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1994..........
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1994.........
Noted to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.......................................................
</TABLE>

                                       71
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

Board of Directors and Shareholders
Monarch Bancorp
Laguna Niguel, California

    We  have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated balance  sheet  of Monarch
Bancorp and Subsidiaries as  of December 31, 1994  and the related  consolidated
statements  of operations, changes  in shareholders' equity,  and cash flows for
each of the two  years in the  period ended December  31, 1994. These  financial
statements  are the responsibility of  the Bank's management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

    We conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  Monarch  Bancorp and
Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994, and the results of its operations and  its
cash  flows for each of the two years  in the period ended December 31, 1994, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

    As discussed in Note 17, the 1994 financial statements have been restated.

                                          DAYTON & ASSOCIATES

February 7, 1995, except for Note 16
as to
  which the date is March 31, 1995 and
  Note 17 as to which the date is
April 25, 1995
Laguna Hills, California

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                          1994
                                                                                                      ------------
<S>                                                                                                   <C>
Cash and due from banks (Note 10)...................................................................  $  4,761,921
Federal funds sold..................................................................................     5,891,000
                                                                                                      ------------
    Total cash and cash equivalents.................................................................    10,652,921
Interest bearing deposits with other banks..........................................................     1,382,000
Investment securities -- Held to Maturity, at cost (fair value of $4,123,460) (Note 3)..............     4,357,946
Investment securities -- Available for Sale, at fair value (cost of $12,136,884) (Note 3)...........    11,780,442
Loans (Notes 4, 11, and 14):
  Real estate -- mortgage...........................................................................    12,226,201
  Real estate -- construction.......................................................................     4,031,698
  Commercial........................................................................................    12,088,885
  Installment.......................................................................................     2,693,276
                                                                                                      ------------
    Gross loans.....................................................................................    31,040,060
  Less: Deferred loan fees..........................................................................       (52,226)
       Allowance for possible loan losses...........................................................    (1,136,971)
                                                                                                      ------------
    Net loans.......................................................................................    29,850,863
Premises and equipment, net (Note 5 and 14).........................................................       650,057
Other real estate owned.............................................................................       617,275
Accrued interest receivable and other assets........................................................       682,451
                                                                                                      ------------
    TOTAL ASSETS....................................................................................  $ 59,973,955
                                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                                      ------------

                                       LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits:
  Noninterest bearing...............................................................................  $ 14,790,641
  Interest bearing demand...........................................................................    30,774,961
  Savings...........................................................................................     6,235,646
  Time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more..................................................     2,260,550
  Other time deposits...............................................................................     4,581,503
                                                                                                      ------------
    Total deposits..................................................................................    58,643,301
Notes payable (Note 6)..............................................................................        53,500
Other borrowing (Note 9)............................................................................       172,856
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities......................................................       402,776
                                                                                                      ------------
    TOTAL LIABILITIES...............................................................................    59,272,433
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
  Shareholders' equity (Notes 1, 2, 7, 9, 12, and 15) Preferred stock, no par value, 5,000,000
   shares authorized, none issued at December 31, 1994 or 1993, respectively
  Common stock, no par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized, 794,324 shares outstanding at December
   31, 1994 and 1993, respectively..................................................................     7,367,601
  Accumulated deficit...............................................................................    (6,136,790)
  Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investment securities available for sale (Note 3).......      (356,433)
  Deferred charge related to KSOP...................................................................      (172,856)
                                                                                                      ------------
    Net Shareholders' equity........................................................................       701,522
                                                                                                      ------------
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY......................................................  $ 59,973,955
                                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                                      ------------
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     ----------------------------
                                                                                         1994           1993
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>            <C>
Interest Income
  Interest and fees on loans.......................................................  $   2,877,686  $   3,539,083
  Interest on interest bearing deposits in other banks.............................        111,440         93,304
  Interest on investment securities................................................        793,562        504,704
  Interest on federal funds sold...................................................        154,919        210,462
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
    Total interest income..........................................................      3,937,607      4,347,553
Interest Expense:
  Interest expense on deposits.....................................................      1,100,405      1,238,711
  Interest expense on notes payable and other borrowings...........................          1,796          5,845
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
    Total interest expense.........................................................      1,102,201      1,244,556
Net Interest Income................................................................      2,835,406      3,102,997
Provision for Possible Loan Losses (Note 4)........................................        995,001      1,280,000
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
Net Interest Income After Provisions for Possible Loan Losses......................      1,840,405      1,822,997
Other Income:
  Overdraft service charges........................................................        230,186        277,915
  Deposit service charges..........................................................        170,846        164,450
  Rental income....................................................................         70,502        118,380
  Data processing income...........................................................        122,487        116,978
  Late charges on loans............................................................         20,177         42,767
  Service charges, commissions, and other fees.....................................         81,988         88,466
  Gain (loss) on investments.......................................................        (47,000)        39,974
  Gain on sale of assets (Note 14).................................................              0        111,482
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
    Total other income.............................................................        649,186        960,412
Other Operating Expenses:
  Salaries and employee benefits...................................................      1,788,271      1,839,277
  Office operations................................................................        676,431        799,028
  Occupancy expenses (Note 14).....................................................        614,768        988,324
  Professional services............................................................        276,004        236,301
  Public offering expenses (Note 16)...............................................        365,641              0
  Other real estate owned..........................................................        242,589         86,358
  Advertising and business promotion...............................................        110,294        124,135
  Other............................................................................        263,910         49,862
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
    Total other operating expenses.................................................      4,337,908      4,123,285
Loss Before Provision for Income Taxes.............................................     (1,848,317)    (1,339,876)
Provision for Income Taxes (Note 8)................................................          1,600          1,600
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
    Net Loss.......................................................................  $  (1,849,917) $  (1,341,476)
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
Weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding (Note
 1)................................................................................        794,324        785,986
Per share information:
  Net loss per share...............................................................  $       (2.33) $       (1.71)
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               NET UNREALIZED
                                                                                                APPRECIATION
                                                                                   DEFERRED    (DEPRECIATION)
                                                                                    CHARGE     ON SECURITIES
                                                                    ACCUMULATED     RELATED      AVAILABLE     SHAREHOLDERS'
                                           SHARES       AMOUNT        DEFICIT       TO KSOP       FOR SALE        EQUITY
                                          ---------  ------------  -------------  -----------  --------------  -------------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>             <C>
Balance at January 1, 1993..............    737,297  $  7,083,466  $  (2,945,397) $  (250,000)  $          0   $   3,888,069
  Exercise of stock options
   (Note 7).............................      4,000        19,000              0            0              0          19,000
  Stock purchases (Note 7)..............     52,783       264,097              0            0              0         264,097
  Conversion of debt....................        244         1,038              0            0              0           1,038
  Repayment of KSOP debt
   (Note 9).............................          0             0              0       39,089              0          39,089
  Unrealized appreciation on investment
   securities Available for Sale (Note
   3)...................................          0             0              0            0         53,435          53,435
  Net loss..............................          0             0     (1,341,476)           0              0      (1,341,476)
                                          ---------  ------------  -------------  -----------  --------------  -------------
Balance at December 31, 1993............    794,324     7,367,601     (4,286,873)    (210,911)        53,435       2,923,252
  Repayment of KSOP debt
   (Note 9).............................          0             0              0       38,055              0          38,055
  Net change in unrealized depreciation
   on investment securities Available
   for Sale (Note 3)....................          0             0              0            0       (409,868)       (409,868)
  Net loss..............................          0             0     (1,849,917)           0              0      (1,849,917)
                                          ---------  ------------  -------------  -----------  --------------  -------------
Balance at December 31, 1994............    794,324  $  7,367,601  $  (6,136,790) $  (172,856)  $   (356,433)  $     701,522
                                          ---------  ------------  -------------  -----------  --------------  -------------
                                          ---------  ------------  -------------  -----------  --------------  -------------
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                                          1994           1993
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss............................................................................  $  (1,849,917) $  (1,341,476)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities
    (Loss) gain on investment securities............................................         47,000        (39,974)
    Provision for possible loan losses..............................................        995,001      1,280,000
    Provision for possible losses on real estate owned..............................        200,000         64,026
    Depreciation....................................................................        186,658        172,971
    Amortization of bond discounts..................................................        (44,316)        96,002
    Deferred gain on sale leaseback.................................................              0       (110,938)
    Deferred loan fees..............................................................       (175,110)      (264,027)
    (Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets.............         42,521        (29,346)
    Increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities......................        186,362         18,878
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
      Net cash used in operating activities.........................................       (411,801)      (153,884)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Net decrease (increase) in interest-bearing deposits in other banks...............      2,173,000     (2,470,000)
  Securities held to maturity:
    Proceeds from maturities........................................................      4,140,452      2,220,848
    Purchases.......................................................................     (5,201,119)   (16,824,280)
    Proceeds from the sale of investment securities.................................              0      3,685,850
  Securities available for sale:
    Proceeds from maturities........................................................      3,301,435              0
    Purchases.......................................................................       (996,562)             0
  Net decrease in loans.............................................................      2,338,073      8,958,081
  Purchases of premises and equipment...............................................        (30,588)      (521,345)
  Proceeds from sale of real estate owned...........................................      2,066,217        634,955
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
    Net cash provided (used) in investing activites.................................      7,790,908     (4,315,891)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Net increase (decrease) noninterest bearing demand................................      1,791,683     (1,325,515)
  Net increase (decrease) in interest-bearing demand, savings deposits, and other
   time deposits....................................................................     (6,382,201)     2,387,459
  Net decrease in time deposits of $100,000 or more.................................       (481,508)    (1,310,000)
  Payments on maturing debt.........................................................              0        (35,500)
  Proceeds from the issuance of common stock........................................              0        284,135
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
    Net cash provided (used) by financing activities................................     (5,072,026)           579
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
  Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents..............................      2,307,081     (4,469,196)
  Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year....................................      8,345,840     12,815,036
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
    Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........................................  $  10,652,921  $   8,345,840
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
NON-CASH ACTIVITIES:
  Property acquired through foreclosure.............................................  $   2,180,926  $   1,357,416
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
  Transfer of securities to available for sale......................................  $           0  $  14,860,849
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
  Adjustments to securities available for sale......................................  $    (409,868) $      53,435
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
  Repayment of KSOP debt............................................................  $      38,055  $      39,089
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    PRINCIPLES  OF CONSOLIDATION:  The consolidated financial statements include
Monarch Bancorp (the Company)  and its wholly  owned subsidiaries, Monarch  Bank
(Bank)  and  M.  B. Mortgage  Co.  M.  B. Mortgage  is  currently  inactive. All
significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

    STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS:   For purposes of  reporting cash flows, cash  and
cash  equivalents  include  cash and  due  from  banks and  federal  funds sold.
Interest paid for the years ended  December 31, 1994 and 1993 was  approximately
$1,082,000  and $1,116,000, respectively. Income taxes  paid for the years ended
December 31, 1994, and December 31, 1993 was $1,600, respectively.

    INVESTMENT SECURITIES:    As  of  December 31,  1993,  the  Company  adopted
Statement  of Financial  Accounting Standards  No. 115,  "Accounting for Certain
Investments in  Debt  and  Equity  Securities."  This  statement  addresses  the
accounting  and reporting for investments in equity securities that have readily
determinable fair values,  and all  investments in debt  securities. Under  this
statement, securities are classified into three categories as follows:

        HELD-TO-MATURITY  SECURITIES (HTM) - Securities that the Company has the
    positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. These securities are to  be
    reported at amortized cost.

        TRADING  SECURITIES -- Securities  that are bought  and held principally
    for the purpose of selling them in the near term. These securities are to be
    reported at  fair  value  with  unrealized  gains  and  losses  included  in
    earnings.

        AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE  SECURITIES  (AFS)  -- Securities  not  classified as
    either held-to-maturity  or  trading securities.  Securities  classified  as
    available  for sale are those debt securities  that the Bank intends to hold
    for an  indefinite period  of time,  but not  necessarily to  maturity.  Any
    decision  to sell a security classified as available for sale would be based
    on various  factors,  including  significant movements  in  interest  rates,
    changes  in the maturity mix of the Bank's assets and liabilities, liquidity
    needs,  regulatory  capital  considerations,  and  other  similar   factors.
    Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains or
    losses  are reported as increases or  decreases in stockholder's equity, net
    of the related deferred tax effect. Realized gains or losses, determined  on
    the basis of the cost of specific securities sold, are included in earnings.

    LOANS:    Loans  are  stated at  amounts  advanced  less  payments received.
Interest income on loans is accrued daily as earned using the  "simple-interest"
method, except when a loan is 90 days delinquent (unless well secured and in the
process  of  being  collected)  or  where  reasonable  doubt  exists  as  to the
collectibility of  the  interest,  in  which  case  the  accrual  of  income  is
discontinued and any previously accrued interest is reversed.

    The  adequacy of  the allowance  for possible  loan losses  is determined by
management based on a number of factors, including loan loss experience,  review
of  problem loans,  quality of the  portfolio, and  current economic conditions.
Loans which are considered to be uncollectible are charged to the allowance  for
possible  loan losses, and subsequent recoveries are added to the allowance. The
allowance is  also increased  (decreased)  by credits  for loan  losses  charged
against  (returned to)  income. Management  believes the  allowance for possible
loan losses reflects all losses inherent in the loan portfolio.

    Loan origination fees offset  by certain direct  loan origination costs  are
deferred  and  amortized over  the expected  lives  of the  related loans  as an
adjustment of yield.

    PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT:   Premises and  equipment are stated  at cost,  less
accumulated  depreciation and  amortization which  are charged  to expense  on a
straight-line basis over the  estimated useful lives of  the assets which  range
from 5-10 years or, in the case of leasehold improvements, over the terms of the
leases, if shorter.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

1.  ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    OTHER  REAL  ESTATE  OWNED:    Other  real  estate  owned  (acquired through
foreclosure or deed  in lieu) is  carried at fair  value less estimated  selling
costs.  Any reduction to fair value at the  time of acquisition is recorded as a
charge against the allowance for possible loan losses. Any subsequent  reduction
is  recorded  as expense.  Gains  or losses  upon  disposition are  reflected in
current operations. Loans that are in foreclosure proceedings or that  represent
"insubstance  foreclosures" are carried as loans  as required by bank regulatory
guidelines.

    INCOME TAXES:   As of January  1, 1993,  the Company adopted  SFAS No.  109,
"Accounting  for Income Taxes."  This statement requires  an asset and liability
approach for computing deferred income taxes. A deferred tax asset is recognized
for temporary differences  which will  result in future  deductible amounts  and
carryforwards.  A deferred tax liability is recognized for temporary differences
which  will  result  in  future  taxable  amounts.  In  the  event  the   future
consequences  of differences between financial reporting bases and the tax bases
of the Company's assets and liabilities result in a deferred tax asset, SFAS 109
requires an evaluation of  the probability of being  able to realize the  future
benefits  indicated by such  asset. A valuation allowance  related to a deferred
tax asset is recorded when it is more  likely than not that some portion or  all
of  the deferred  tax asset will  not be  realized. The impact  of adopting this
standard was not significant.

    NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS:  In  May 1993, the Financial Accounting  Standards
Board  ("FASB")  issued Statement  of  Financial Accounting  Standards  No. 114,
"Accounting by Creditors for  Impairment of a Loan,"  which was amended by  SFAS
No.  118  in  October  1994.  This  statement  amends  FASB  statements  Nos. 5,
"Accounting for Contingencies," and 15, "Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for
Troubled Debt Restructurings." This statement prescribes that a loan is impaired
when it is probable that  a creditor will be unable  to collect all amounts  due
(principal  and  interest)  according  to  the  contractual  terms  of  the loan
agreement. Measurements of the  impairment can be based  on the expected  future
cash  flows  of  an impaired  loan  which are  to  be discounted  at  the loan's
effective interest  rate  or impairment  can  be  measured by  reference  to  an
observable  market price, if one exists, or the fair value of the collateral for
a collateral-dependent loan. Creditors  may select the  measurement method on  a
loan-by-loan  basis except that collateral dependent loans for which foreclosure
is probable must be measured at the fair value of the collateral.  Additionally,
the  statement  prescribes  measuring  impairment  of  a  restructured  loan  by
discounting the total expected future cash flows of the loan's effective rate of
interest in  the  original loan  agreement.  Finally, the  impact  of  initially
applying  the statement is reported  as a part of  bad-debt expense. The Company
must adopt this standard by 1995. The Company has not yet determined the effects
of adopting this standard.

    In December 1991,  the FASB  issued SFAS  No. 107,  "Disclosures About  Fair
Value  of Financial Instruments." Implementation of SFAS No. 107 is required for
fiscal years ending after December 15, 1992 for institutions with assets greater
than $150 million, and for fiscal years  ending after December 15, 1995 for  all
other  institutions,  however,  earlier  adoption  is  permitted.  SFAS  No. 107
requires disclosures about fair value for all financial instruments. The Company
will implement the new standard in 1995.

    RECLASSIFICATIONS:  Certain  reclassifications have  been made  to the  1993
financial statements to conform to the 1994 presentation.

    SHARES  OF COMMON STOCK:  In December  1993, the Company completed a 1-for-5
reverse stock split and reduced the authorized and issued shares of common stock
of the Company.

    EARNINGS PER SHARE:   Earnings  per share  information is  based on  average
shares outstanding during the year plus the effect of dilutive stock options.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

2.  REGULATORY MATTERS
    Following the conclusion of a joint, second quarter 1994 FDIC and California
State  Banking Department (Superintendent) examination of the Bank, Monarch Bank
stipulated to the issuance  of a Section 8(b)  Order and a California  Financial
Code  Section 1913 Order  (the "Orders") which became  effective on December 23,
1994 and December 14, 1994, respectively. The Orders are similar in content  and
require  the  Bank to  perform several  actions within  certain time  frames and
include the following: (i) to have  and retain management who are acceptable  to
the  Superintendent and the FDIC and who are  qualified to restore the Bank to a
safe  and  sound  condition;  (ii)  the  Board  of  Directors  to  increase  its
participation in the affairs of the Bank; (iii) by no later than April 30, 1995,
the  Bank shall have Tier 1 capital in an amount as to equal or exceed 7% of the
Bank's total assets and to adopt a  capital plan to meet the minimum  risk-based
capital  requirements  as  described  in FDIC  rules  and  regulations;  (iv) to
eliminate from its books all assets classified loss in the 1994 examination  and
to  reduce  assets classified  substandard according  to defined  schedules; (v)
prohibits and restricts further extensions  of credit to borrowers whose  assets
were  adversely classified  in the 1994  examination; (vi) requires  the Bank to
revise and amend its loan  policy and improve credit administration  procedures;
(vii)  to  reduce  loan  concentrations; (viii)  to  establish  and  maintain an
adequate reserve for loan  losses and revise the  Bank's policy for  determining
the  adequacy of the loan loss reserve;  (ix) to prepare and implement a written
plan and budget for review  and comment by the FDIC  and for the Board's  review
versus  actual performance on a  quarterly basis; (x) to  correct, to the extent
possible, certain violations of law contained in the examination report; (xi) to
adopt and implement a  policy to provide for  adequate internal controls and  an
internal  audit program; (xii) to file amended Call Reports where needed; (xiii)
to  not  pay  cash  dividends  without  the  prior  consent  of  the  FDIC   and
Superintendent;  and (xiv)  to file written  progress reports with  the FDIC and
Superintendent.

    The Bank, as a  result of the  1994 examinations, was  also notified by  the
FDIC that the Bank had fallen within the undercapitalized capital category under
Section  38 of the FDIC Act. The Bank is subject to mandatory restrictions under
Section  38  including  the  submission  of  a  capital  restoration  plan   and
restrictions  on  asset  growth,  acquisitions,  new  activities,  new branches,
payment of dividends, or making other capital distributions or management fees.

    The Bank has filed and the FDIC has approved a capital restoration plan, and
Monarch Bancorp has executed a guarantee of the capital plan.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

3.  INVESTMENT SECURITIES
    Investment securities consist of the following at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1994
                                                           ------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
                                                                             GROSS        GROSS
                                                             AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED     ESTIMATED
                                                               COST          GAINS       LOSSES      FAIR VALUE
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY:
  US Government Securities...............................  $     246,379  $   --       $    (2,984) $     243,395
  US Agency Securities...................................      2,500,000      --          (151,250)     2,348,750
  Mortgage-backed Securities.............................      1,507,730      --           (80,252)     1,427,478
  Other securities.......................................        103,837      --           --             103,837
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
                                                           $   4,357,946  $   --       $  (234,486) $   4,123,460
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------

<CAPTION>

                                                                             GROSS        GROSS
                                                             AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED     ESTIMATED
                                                               COST          GAINS       LOSSES      FAIR VALUE
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
  Mortgage-backed Securities.............................  $   6,946,300  $   --       $  (356,442) $   6,589,858
  US Government fund.....................................      5,190,584      --           --           5,190,584
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
                                                           $  12,136,884  $   --       $  (356,442) $  11,780,442
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
</TABLE>

    Adjustments in  book  value  of  ($356,442) and  $53,435  were  recorded  on
December  31, 1994 and 1993, respectively in order to mark the AFS securities to
estimated fair value, and a similar  net unrealized gain (loss) was recorded  to
shareholders' equity.

    The  amortized  cost and  estimated  fair value  of  HTM securities  and AFS
securities at  December 31,  1994,  by contractual  maturity, are  shown  below.
Expected  maturities  will differ  from  contractual maturities  because  of the
payment stream associated with mortgage-backed securities.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     AMORTIZED    ESTIMATED FAIR     AMORTIZED    ESTIMATED FAIR
                                                     COST (HTM)     VALUE (HTM)     COST (AFS)     VALUE (AFS)
                                                    ------------  ---------------  -------------  --------------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>
Due in one year or less...........................  $    --        $    --         $   5,190,584   $  5,190,584
Due after one year through five years.............     2,746,379       2,592,145         996,570        996,563
Due after five years through ten years............       103,837         103,837        --              --
Mortgage-backed securities........................     1,507,730       1,427,478       5,949,729      5,593,295
                                                    ------------  ---------------  -------------  --------------
                                                    $  4,357,946   $   4,123,460   $  12,136,883   $ 11,780,442
                                                    ------------  ---------------  -------------  --------------
                                                    ------------  ---------------  -------------  --------------
</TABLE>

    There were no sales  of securities in 1994,  gross realized gains and  gross
realized losses on sales of securities were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1993
                                                                                     ---------
<S>                                                                                  <C>
Gross realized gains:
  U.S. Government and agency securities............................................  $  40,487
                                                                                     ---------
                                                                                     ---------
Gross realized losses:
  U.S. Government and agency securities............................................  $     513
                                                                                     ---------
                                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>

    At  December  31,  1994  investment securities  with  a  carrying  amount of
approximately $2,271,000 were pledged as collateral to secure public deposits.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

4.  LOANS
    Most of the loans made  by the Bank are to  customers located in the  Orange
County,  California area. Mortgage and  construction loans are collateralized by
real estate trust  deeds. The Bank  generally requires security  in the form  of
assets,  including real estate, on commercial and installment loans. The ability
of the Bank's  customers to honor  their loan agreements  is dependent upon  the
general economy of the Bank's market area.

    Following  is a summary of transactions affecting the allowance for possible
loan losses:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1994          1993
                                                                    ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Beginning balance.................................................  $  1,055,347  $    575,294
  Provision for loan losses.......................................       995,001     1,280,000
  Amounts charged off.............................................      (991,694)     (815,233)
  Recoveries......................................................        78,317        15,286
                                                                    ------------  ------------
Ending balance....................................................  $  1,136,971  $  1,055,347
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    ------------  ------------
</TABLE>

    Loans aggregating approximately $362,000 and $505,000 were past due 90  days
or more but were accruing interest, and loans aggregating approximately $431,000
and   $2,420,000  were  on  non-accrual  as  of  December  31,  1994  and  1993,
respectively. Interest  income  that  was  not  recognized  because  accrual  of
interest  on the  related loan had  been discontinued  amounted to approximately
$26,000  and  $98,000  for  the  years   ended  December  31,  1994  and   1993,
respectively.

    The  Bank's lending is concentrated in  Orange County and surrounding areas,
which have  experienced adverse  economic conditions,  including declining  real
estate  values.  Although management  believes the  level  of its  allowance for
possible loan losses and the carrying value of its other real estate owned as of
December 31, 1994 is  appropriate, additional decline in  the local economy  may
result in losses that cannot reasonably be predicted at this time.

    In  the ordinary course of  business, the Bank has  granted loans to certain
officers and directors and the companies with which they are associated. Changes
in the aggregate of  loans outstanding to  a total of  five (5) such  individual
parties are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                <C>
Balance, January 1, 1993.........................................  $ 559,924
  Additions......................................................     22,391
  Deletions......................................................   (296,263)
                                                                   ---------
Balance, December 31, 1993.......................................    286,052
  Additions......................................................     73,701
  Deletions......................................................   (218,562)
                                                                   ---------
Balance, December 31, 1994.......................................  $ 141,191
                                                                   ---------
                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>

    Additions  represent  new  loans or  advances  made in  the  normal business
process of the Bank. Deletions represent repayments of loans from normal monthly
reduction on installment type loans and final payments on other loans.

    In the opinion of  management, all extensions of  credit to related  parties
are  on terms similar to transactions with nonaffiliated parties and none of the
loans to insiders were past due as of December 31, 1994.

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

5.  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
    The components of premises and equipment at December 31, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1994
                                                                                  ------------
<S>                                                                               <C>
Furniture, fixtures and equipment...............................................  $    989,769
Leasehold improvements..........................................................        13,774
                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                     1,003,543
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization..................................      (353,486)
                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                  $    650,057
                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                  ------------
</TABLE>

    Depreciation expense was $186,658 and $172,971 for the years ended  December
31,  1994 and  1993, respectively.  During 1988, the  Bank sold  and leased back
certain of its furniture and equipment (Note 14).

    In December  1993, the  Bank began  to renegotiate  the option  period on  a
sublease  at a reduced rate and recorded a $61,000 projected loss; an additional
loss on the differential between projected future income and expense of  $19,522
was recorded in 1994 at the completion of the negotiations (Note 10).

6.  NOTES PAYABLE
    Convertible  subordinated debentures  totaling $53,500  were outstanding for
years ended December 31, 1994.

    The convertible  subordinated  debentures  were  issued  in  1988  and  1989
pursuant to a private placement offering. These debentures mature in August 1995
and require semiannual interest payments at a floating rate equal to one percent
less  than prime rate. One  member of the Board of  Directors owns $3,500 of the
outstanding debentures.

    The debentures outstanding at December 31, 1994 are convertible into  shares
of  the Company's common stock at a price equal to the Company's market value on
the last day of the month previous to the date of conversion. The debentures are
subordinate to  senior indebtedness  of  the Company  (as  defined) and  may  be
redeemed by the Company at any time at face value plus accrued interest.

7.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
    During  1993, shareholders' equity was increased  from the exercise of stock
options, conversion of  debt, and  a private  placement. During  the year  ended
December 31, 1993 these changes were as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Exercise of stock options.........................................  $  19,000
  Option price....................................................  $    4.75
  Number of options exercised (shares issued).....................      4,000

Conversion of debt................................................  $   1,038
  Conversion price................................................  $    4.25
  Shares issued...................................................        244

Private placement.................................................  $ 264,097
  Price...........................................................  $    5.00
  Shares issued...................................................     52,783
</TABLE>

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

8.  INCOME TAXES
    The provision for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended
December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1994       1993
                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Current:
  Federal..................................................................  $  --      $  --
  State....................................................................      1,600      1,600
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             $   1,600  $   1,600
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

    The  provision for  income taxes differs  from that which  would result from
applying the U. S. statutory rate as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1994         1993
                                                                      -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Expected (benefit) provision at 34% statutory rate..................  $  (629,972) $  (455,558)
Provision for state income taxes, net of Federal Benefit............        1,600        1,600
Addition to Valuation Allowance.....................................      629,972      --
Unbenefited net operating loss......................................      --           455,558
                                                                      -----------  -----------
Provision for income taxes..........................................  $     1,600  $     1,600
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------
</TABLE>

    As of December 31,  1994, the Company had  net operating loss  carryforwards
for federal income tax purposes of approximately $2,679,000. Expiration dates of
the loss carryforwards are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXPIRATION DATE                                                                      AMOUNT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<S>                                                                               <C>
2000............................................................................  $     35,000
2001............................................................................        87,000
2002............................................................................       255,000
2004............................................................................         1,000
2005............................................................................        16,000
2006............................................................................        11,000
2007............................................................................        57,000
2008............................................................................     1,010,000
2009............................................................................     1,207,000
                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                  $  2,679,000
                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                  ------------
</TABLE>

    The   Company  has   a  California   net  operating   loss  carryforward  of
approximately $1,134,000 at  December 31,  1994 which  will expire  in the  year
ending December 31, 1998.

    At  December 31, 1994, the Company also has investment tax credit carryovers
of approximately  $333,000 to  offset against  future federal  tax  liabilities.
Carryforward amounts expire at various dates beginning in 2000.

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

8.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The  components  of the  Company's deferred  tax  assets and  liabilities at
December 31, are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1994           1993
                                                                  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>
Loan Loss Reserves..............................................  $     360,000  $     368,000
Net Operating Loss Carryforward.................................        997,000        542,000
Other Assets/liabilities........................................        210,000       --
Federal Income Tax Credit Carryforward..........................        333,000        333,000
                                                                  -------------  -------------
Total Assets....................................................      1,900,000      1,243,000
Valuation Allowance.............................................     (1,900,000)    (1,195,000)
                                                                  -------------  -------------
Total Deferred Asset............................................       --               48,000
Other assets/liabilities........................................       --              (48,000)
                                                                  -------------  -------------
Total Deferred Liability........................................       --              (48,000)
                                                                  -------------  -------------
Net Deferred Taxes..............................................  $    --        $    --
                                                                  -------------  -------------
                                                                  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>

    Pursuant to the Tax Reform Act of  1986, use of the Company's net  operating
loss  carryforwards  may  be substantially  limited  if a  cumulative  change in
ownership of more than 50% occurs within  any three year period. As of  December
31, 1994, such cumulative change was less than 50%.

9.  BENEFIT PLANS
    The  Company has a stock  option plan which provides  that options for up to
30% of the outstanding shares  of the Company's common  stock may be granted  to
full-time salaried officers, key employees and directors of the Company. Options
are  not to be granted for  less than the fair market  value of the stock at the
date of grant and are exercisable for five or ten years from the date of  grant.
Options  outstanding are exercisable  at values ranging from  $4.25 to $5.00 per
share.

    A summary of the changes in outstanding options follows

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1994       1993
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Balance, at January 1...................................................    113,016    104,016
  Options granted.......................................................          0     22,000
  Options exercised.....................................................          0     (4,000)
Options canceled........................................................     (4,000)    (9,000)
                                                                          ---------  ---------
Balance, at December 31.................................................    109,016    113,016
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

    Options for approximately  50,000 shares  were exercisable  at December  31,
1994.

    During  1992 the  Company and Bank  adopted the Monarch  Bancorp and Monarch
Bank Employee  Stock  Ownership and  Salary  Deferral Plan  ("KSOP"),  which  is
available to all employees, with the first deduction from employees' salaries on
January  15,  1993. In  1992  the KSOP  obtained  a $250,000  loan  from another
financial institution, which is guaranteed  by the Company, and acquired  10,672
shares  of previously  issued Company stock  at a  price of $5.00  per share. In
March 1993, the KSOP acquired an additional 39,651 shares at $5.00 per share  in
a private placement offering. Repayments on the loan are made by employee salary
deductions  and from possible matching contributions by the Bank. The loan has a
term of  five years  and an  interest rate  of 8%.  Matching Bank  contributions
totaled $46,108 and $19,920 in 1994 and 1993 respectively.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    The  Company  conducts  operations from  leased  facilities  under operating
leases which expire  on various dates  through 2001. The  Company has three  ten
year options to renew the lease on its branch facility.

    The following is a schedule of future minimum rental payments required under
operating  leases that  have initial or  remaining noncancelable  lease terms in
excess of one year as of December 31, 1994:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING
DECEMBER 31                                                                          AMOUNT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<S>                                                                               <C>
1995............................................................................  $    257,489
1996............................................................................       187,762
1997............................................................................       123,218
1998............................................................................       123,218
1999............................................................................       123,218
Thereafter......................................................................       195,096
                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                  $  1,010,001
                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                  ------------
</TABLE>

    Minimum rental payments  are subject  to increase  based on  changes in  the
consumer   price  index.  Annual  rental   expense  from  operating  leases  was
approximately $297,000 and $701,000 in 1994 and 1993, respectively.

    Sublease rental  income for  the  years ended  December  31, 1994  and  1993
totaled  approximately $69,000 and $118,000, respectively. The sub-lease matured
in 1993 and was renegotiated  at a lower rate in  mid-1994 and extended to  June
1996  to coincide with the Bank's lease  commitment on the property. A projected
loss of  approximately $61,000  on this  sublease was  recorded in  1993 and  an
additional  $20,000  in 1994  to recognize  the  estimated difference  (loss) in
rental income to be collected under one sublease agreement versus rent  required
to be paid under the Company's master lease.

    The  Bank is required to maintain  reserve balances with the Federal Reserve
Bank. The required balance at December 31, 1994 was approximately $530,000.

    The Bank  is a  defendant in  litigation and  claims arising  in the  normal
course  of business. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, believes
that the liabilities, if any, arising from such litigation or claims will not be
material to  the  Company's  consolidated  financial  position  and  results  of
operations.

    The  Company and Bank  executed a three  year Employment Agreement effective
July 23, 1991 with  an executive officer  that provides for  a base salary  with
annual  cost  of  living  adjustments and  other  defined  benefits.  Should the
Employment Agreement be terminated  without cause, or as  a result of merger  or
corporate dissolution, the executive would receive not less than six months base
salary  and benefits nor  more than one  year's base salary.  This agreement was
extended for an additional year or until July 1995 by the Board of Directors.

11. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK
    The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk  in
the  normal course  of business  to meet the  financing needs  of its customers.
These  financial  instruments  include   commitments  to  fund  commercial   and
construction loan agreements and standby letters of credit.

    These instruments involve credit risk in excess of the amounts recognized as
loans  in the consolidated balance sheets. As  of December 31, 1994 and 1993 the
Bank  had  outstanding   commitments  under   standby  letters   of  credit   of
approximately  $10,000  and  $252,000,  respectively,  and  commitments  to fund
personal

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

11. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK (CONTINUED)
lines  of  credit  and  commercial  and  construction  loans  of   approximately
$4,055,000  and $5,933,000,  respectively, which  represents the  Bank's maximum
exposure to  credit loss  in the  event of  nonperformance by  the other  party.
Credit policies and collateral requirements for these commitments are similar to
those for loans already outstanding (Note 4).

    Commitments  generally  have  fixed  expiration  dates.  The  Bank minimizes
interest rate  risk  associated with  these  instruments through  variable  rate
structures.

12. RESTRICTIONS ON PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS
    As  of December  31, 1994,  the Company  was not  eligible to  pay dividends
because of the accumulated deficit in shareholders' equity.

    The Bank  is subject  to certain  restrictions under  regulations  governing
state  banks which limit  its ability to  transfer funds to  the Company through
intercompany loans, advances, or  cash dividends. As of  December 31, 1994,  the
Board  under  the  terms of  certain  regulatory  Orders (Note  2)  may  not pay
dividends without the  prior approval of  the FDIC and  State Superintendent  of
Banks

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

13. CONDENSED (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) FINANCIAL INFORMATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
<S>                                                               <C>
                                                                   DECEMBER
                                                                      31,
                                                                     1994
                                                                  -----------
ASSETS:
  Cash..........................................................   $  21,750
  Investment in bank subsidiary.................................     907,473
                                                                  -----------
                                                                   $ 929,223
                                                                  -----------
                                                                  -----------
Liabilities:
  Notes payable.................................................   $  53,500
  Other borrowing...............................................     172,856
  Other liabilities.............................................       1,345
                                                                  -----------
                                                                     227,701
Shareholders' equity............................................     701,522
                                                                  -----------
                                                                   $ 929,223
                                                                  -----------
                                                                  -----------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>
                                                        1994        1993
                                                     ----------  ----------
Total Interest income..............................  $      516  $    1,482
Interest expense...................................       1,796       5,845
Other..............................................       2,165         732
                                                     ----------  ----------
        Total Expenses.............................       3,961       6,577
                                                     ----------  ----------
Loss before equity in undistributed earnings of
 bank subsidiary...................................      (3,445)     (5,095)
Equity in undistributed losses of bank
 subsidiary........................................  (1,771,470) (1,335,465)
                                                     ----------  ----------
        Net loss...................................  $(1,774,915) $(1,340,560)
                                                     ----------  ----------
                                                     ----------  ----------

<CAPTION>

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                                        1994        1993
                                                     ----------  ----------
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>
Net loss...........................................  $(1,774,915) $(1,340,560)
Net adjustments to loss............................   1,771,470   1,335,465
                                                     ----------  ----------
Cash flows from operating activities...............      (3,445)     (5,095)
Cash flows from investing activities...............         277    (280,726)
Cash flows from financing activities...............           0     248,636
                                                     ----------  ----------
Net decrease in cash...............................      (3,168)    (37,185)
Cash beginning of year.............................      24,918      62,103
Cash end of year...................................  $   21,750  $   24,918
                                                     ----------  ----------
                                                     ----------  ----------
</TABLE>

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    During  1989 and prior years, the  Bank executed certain transactions with a
former director and shareholder and a company controlled by that former director
as follows:

        In 1988,  the  Bank  sold  and leased  back  substantially  all  of  its
    furniture  and equipment.  This transaction  was brokered  through a company
    controlled by  the  former  director.  The excess  of  sales  proceeds  over
    carrying  cost, aggregating  $740,061, was  deferred and  recognized ratably
    over the

                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
    leaseback term (five years) on  a straight-line basis. Amortization of  this
    excess  amounted to approximately $110,000 in  1993. The lease was accounted
    for as  an operating  lease with  monthly  payments of  $39,249 due  over  a
    five-year  term. The  Bank pledged  certain investment  securities to secure
    payment of rental and other amounts due under the lease agreement (Note  3).
    This  lease matured in September 1993 and  the Bank exercised its option and
    repurchased these assets at a cost of approximately $377,000.

        In 1989, the  Bank sold its  residual value  in a matured  lease to  the
    former director in exchange for a convertible debenture in another bank. The
    debenture  was converted into shares  of common stock in  July 1992; and the
    Bank continues to hold this investment at a market value of $103,000.

    The Bank's health and life insurance programs have been contracted based  on
competitive  bids through Rice Brown Financial. Mr. Brown is an insurance broker
and a director of the Company and the Bank.

15. RISK-BASED CAPITAL STANDARDS
    The Bank is required  to maintain certain  regulatory capital ratios.  These
ratios at December 31, 1994 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            MINIMUM
                                                                             RATIO     MONACH BANK
                                                                          -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                       <C>          <C>
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio...........................................         4.0%         2.1%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio.........................................         4.0%         4.1%
Total risk-based capital................................................         8.0%         4.8%
</TABLE>

    During  1994, the Bank was notified by  the FDIC that its capital had fallen
within the undercapitalized category under Section  38 of the FDIC Act.  Section
38  requires or  permits the  FDIC to  take certain  mandatory and discretionary
actions when  an  institution  becomes undercapitalized  for  prompt  corrective
action  purposes.  At  December 31,  1994,  the  Bank was  subject  to mandatory
restrictions of Section 38  including submission of  a capital restoration  plan
and  restrictions on asset  growth, acquisitions, new  activities, new branches,
payment of dividends,  or making  any other capital  distribution or  management
fees.  As a result of such notification, the  Bank filed a capital plan with the
FDIC and Monarch Bancorp executed a guarantee of the capital plan.

    At  periodic   intervals,  the   FDIC  routinely   examines  the   Company's
consolidated  financial statements as part of their legally prescribed oversight
of the banking industry. Based on these examinations, the regulators can  direct
that  the  Bank's  financial statements  be  adjusted in  accordance  with their
findings.

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
    As part  of  Monarch Bank's  Capital  Restoration  Plan that  was  filed  in
December  1994, the Company on December  20, 1994 engaged Belle Plaine Partners,
Inc., and  McAllen Capital  Partners  (the Financial  Advisors) as  advisors  in
connection  with the  recapitalization of  the Company  and Bank.  The Financial
Advisors assisted the Company in  structuring and promoting a Private  Placement
Stock  Offering (the Offering) for a minimum of 2,592,593 shares up to a maximum
of 5,555,556 shares  of its  common stock  at a price  of $1.35  per share.  The
Offering  was directed  to "accredited investors"  as defined in  Rule 501(a) of
Regulation D of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Offering  terminates
on April 30, 1995.

    On  March 31,  1995, the  Company had  a first  closing of  the Offering for
approximately $6,139,000  and  issued  4,547,111 new  shares  of  common  stock.
Proceeds  from the Offering were used  to pay approximately $470,000 in Offering
expenses; $3,550,000  to  increase the  Company's  investment in  Monarch  Bank;
$53,500  to retire Company  debt; and approximately $2,065,000  in cash is being
held by the Company for future operating needs or investments.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED)
    As a result of the capital increase for the Bank, the Bank's Tier 1  capital
ratio,  as of March 31, 1995 was 8.16%. The increase in the Bank's capital meets
or exceeds the Bank's regulatory commitments  to the FDIC and Superintendent  to
increase  the Bank's ratio for Tier 1 capital to total assets to equal or exceed
7.0%.

    Two  investors  have  filed   with  the  Federal   Reserve  and  the   State
Superintendent  of Banks to allow two of  the new investors to acquire interests
of between  10% and  15% of  the Company.  Subject to  regulatory approval,  the
Company  currently expects to complete the  Offering with the additional sale of
approximately 878,000  shares  of  common stock.  Completion  of  an  additional
closing  would provide approximately $1,185,000  in additional capital. Once the
Offering has  closed, the  Company  expects to  conduct a  shareholders'  rights
offering for shareholders of record prior to the Offering.

    As  discussed in Note 8, pursuant to the  Tax Reform Act of 1986, use of the
Company's net operating  loss carryforwards  may be substantially  limited if  a
cumulative  change in ownership  of more than  50% occurs within  any three year
period. The recapitalization of ownership pursuant  to the first closing of  the
offering on March 31, 1995, will result in an ownership change in excess of 50%,
which  will substantially limit the use of  the Company's net operating loss and
tax credit carryforwards. The extent of this limitation has not been  determined
at this time.

17. RESTATEMENT OF 1994 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    Subsequent  to the original  issuance of the  1994 financial statements, the
Bank discovered a significant possible loss in a real estate loan. The  economic
events  that  resulted in  this  loss were  present  at December  31,  1994 and,
accordingly, the  1994 financial  statements have  been restated  to include  an
additional $200,000 in the provision for possible loan losses.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>
PART 1 ITEM 1
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                MONARCH BANCORP
                     CONDENSED, CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                                (000'S OMITTED)
                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          MARCH 31,
                                                                                                            1995
                                                                                                         -----------
<S>                                                                                                      <C>
Cash and due from banks................................................................................   $   3,835
Interest bearing deposits and investment securities....................................................      17,733
Federal funds sold.....................................................................................      10,250
Loans and leases (net).................................................................................      29,383
Premises and equipment.................................................................................         632
Other real estate owned................................................................................         617
Other assets...........................................................................................         871
                                                                                                         -----------
  Total assets.........................................................................................   $  63,321
                                                                                                         -----------
                                                                                                         -----------

                                        LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits...............................................................................................   $  58,643
Notes payable..........................................................................................           0
Other borrowings.......................................................................................         163
Deferred gain on sale of assets........................................................................           0
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities.........................................................         412
                                                                                                         -----------
  TOTAL LIABILITIES....................................................................................      56,553
Common stock, no par value, authorized 25,000,000 shares 5,341,435 and 794,324 shares outstanding at
 3/31/95 and at 12/31/94, respectively.................................................................      13,036
Accumulated deficit....................................................................................      (5,955)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investment securities available for sale.....................        (150)
Deferred charge related to KSOP........................................................................        (163)
                                                                                                         -----------
  TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY...........................................................................       6,768
  TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY...........................................................   $  63,321
                                                                                                         -----------
                                                                                                         -----------
</TABLE>

                            (see accompanying notes)

                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
                  CONDENSED, CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                                                                                                   PERIOD ENDED
                                                                                             ------------------------
                                                                                              MARCH 31,    MARCH 31,
                                                                                                1995         1994
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>          <C>
                                                                                                 (000'S OMITTED)
INTEREST AND LOAN FEE INCOME:
  Investment securities....................................................................   $     259    $     204
  Federal funds sold.......................................................................          48           21
  Loans and leases.........................................................................         691          700
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
    TOTAL INTEREST INCOME..................................................................         998          925
INTEREST EXPENSE:
  Deposits.................................................................................         285          265
  Notes payable............................................................................           1            1
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
    TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE.................................................................         286          266
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
NET INTEREST INCOME........................................................................         712          659
  Less increase in provision for loan losses...............................................           0            0
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES........................................         712          659
OTHER OPERATING INCOME:
  Service charges on deposit accounts......................................................         117          101
  Other service charge and fee income......................................................          67           66
  Other income.............................................................................         172            0
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
    TOTAL OTHER INCOME.....................................................................         356          167
OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Salaries and benefits....................................................................         430          404
  Office operations........................................................................         287          232
  Depreciation.............................................................................          40           49
  Advertising and marketing................................................................          31           37
  Other real estate owned..................................................................          12            5
  Professional services....................................................................          63           54
  Other....................................................................................          30            1
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
    TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES...............................................................         893          782
Net income before provision for taxes......................................................         175           44
  Provision for taxes......................................................................          (7)           0
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
NET INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR TAXES.......................................................   $     182    $      44
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
PER SHARE INFORMATION
  Number of shares (Weighted average)......................................................     835,563      794,324
  Income per share (dollars)...............................................................       $0.22        $0.06
</TABLE>

                            (see accompanying notes)

                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                         MONARCH BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              FOR THREE MONTH PERIOD
                                                                                                      ENDED
                                                                                             ------------------------
                                                                                              MARCH 31,    MARCH 31,
                                                                                                1995         1994
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>          <C>
                                                                                                 (000'S OMITTED)
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income...............................................................................   $     182    $      44
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
    Provision for loan loss................................................................           0            0
    Depreciation, amortization.............................................................         (40)         (49)
    Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable and other liabilities..................          10          (97)
    Increase in accrued interest receivable and other assets...............................        (188)        (233)
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
      NET CASH (FROM) USED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES.........................................         (37)        (335)
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Principal payments received on investment securities.....................................         169        5,575
  Purchases of investment securities.......................................................        (250)      (5,959)
  Increase in net loans....................................................................         623          367
  Proceeds from sale of oreo...............................................................           0        1,252
  Additions to premises and equipment......................................................         (22)         (10)
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
      NET CASH USED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES................................................         520        1,225
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net decrease in demand and savings deposits..............................................      (2,665)        (442)
  Repayment of debt........................................................................         (54)           0
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock...................................................       5,668          284
  Proceeds from issuance of debt...........................................................           0            0
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
      NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES.....................................       2,949         (158)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.......................................       3,432          732
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of three month period...............................      10,653        8,346
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT THE END OF THREE MONTH PERIOD.................................   $  14,085    $   9,078
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
NON-CASH ACTIVITIES:
  Property acquired through foreclosure....................................................   $       0    $     810
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
  Repayment of KSOP debt...................................................................   $      10    $       9
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
  Equity adjustments for FASB 115 changes to AFS securities................................   $     206    ($    119)
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
</TABLE>

                            (see accompanying notes)

                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                                MONARCH BANCORP
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 MARCH 31, 1995

1.    In the  opinion  of management  of  Monarch Bancorp  (the  "Company"), the
    following accompanying unaudited  consolidated financial statements  contain
    all adjustments (consisting only of normal, recurring accruals) necessary to
    present  fairly the consolidated financial position  of the Company at March
    31, 1995, and the  consolidated results of operations  for the three  months
    ended  March 31, 1995  and March 31, 1994,  and the cash  flows for the same
    three month periods. These consolidated financial statements do not  include
    all  disclosures associated  with the Company's  annual financial statements
    and, accordingly, should be read in conjunction with such statements.

2.  The results of  operations for the three month  period ended March 31,  1995
    are  not necessarily indicative of  the results to be  expected for the full
    year.

    NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS:  In May 1993,  the Financial Accounting  Standards
Board  ("FASB")  issued Statement  of  Financial Accounting  Standards  No. 114,
"Accounting by Creditors for  Impairment of a Loan,"  which was amended by  SFAS
No.  118  in  October  1994.  This  statement  amends  FASB  statements  Nos. 5,
"Accounting for Contingencies," and 15, "Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for
Troubled Debt Restructuring." This statement prescribes that a loan is  impaired
when  it is probable that  a creditor will be unable  to collect all amounts due
(principal and  interest)  according  to  the  contractual  terms  of  the  loan
agreement.  Measurements of the  impairment can be based  on the expected future
cash flows  of  an impaired  loan  which are  to  be discounted  at  the  loan's
effective  interest  rate  or impairment  can  be  measured by  reference  to an
observable market price, if one exists, or the fair value of the collateral  for
a  collateral-dependent loan. Creditors  may select the  measurement method on a
loan-by-loan basis except that collateral dependent loans for which  foreclosure
is  probable must be measured at the fair value of the collateral. Additionally,
the  statement  prescribes  measuring  impairment  of  a  restructured  loan  by
discounting the total expected future cash flows of the loan's effective rate of
interest  in  the  original loan  agreement.  Finally, the  impact  of initially
applying the statement is  reported as a part  of bad-debt expense. The  Company
must  adopt this standard  by 1995. The Company  adopted FASB 114  and 118 as of
January 1,  1995. As  of March  31,  1995 the  Bank used  these Standard  as  an
integral  part of the quarterly assessment of  the adequacy of the Allowance for
Loan Losses. In the first quarter of  1995, the Bank had three loans defined  as
impaired  totaling $454,000 with a related  allowance for credit loss of $97,000
as determined in accordance  with the Statement, all  three loans had a  related
allowance  for credit losses. Income is reported  on a cash-basis, and no income
from impaired loans  was recorded in  the first  quarter of 1995.  Based on  the
first  quarters use of FASB  114 and 118, no  material effects are expected from
continued use and application of these Statements.

    In December 1991,  the FASB  issued SFAS  No. 107,  "Disclosures About  Fair
Value  of Financial Instruments." Implementation of SFAS No. 107 is required for
fiscal years ending after December 15, 1992 for institutions with assets greater
than $150 million, and for fiscal years  ending after December 15, 1995 for  all
other  institutions,  however,  earlier  adoption  is  permitted.  SFAS  No. 107
requires disclosures about fair value for all financial instruments. The Company
will implement the new standard in 1995.

                                      F-22
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------

    NO  DEALER,  SALESMAN,  OR OTHER  PERSON  HAS  BEEN AUTHORIZED  TO  GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS  AND,
IF  GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE SELLING AGENT. NEITHER THE DELIVERY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE
ANY IMPLICATION THAT  THERE HAS BEEN  NO CHANGE  IN THE AFFAIRS  OF THE  COMPANY
SINCE THE DATE HEREOF. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION
IN  WHICH SUCH OFFER OR  SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED,  OR IN WHICH THE PERSON
MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO, OR TO ANY PERSON TO
WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION.

                              -------------------

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                              -------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................           4
Summary Consolidated Financial Data............           8
Risk Factors...................................          10
The Offering...................................          14
The Company....................................
Use of Proceeds................................          21
Dilution.......................................          23
Determination of Offering Price................          23
Market for Common Stock........................          23
Dividends......................................          24
Capitalization.................................          25
Management's Discussion and Analysis
 of Financial Condition and Results
 of Operations.................................          26
Business.......................................          47
Management.....................................          62
Description of Capital Stock...................          68
The Financial Advisors.........................
Legal Matters..................................          69
Experts........................................          70
</TABLE>

                              -------------------

ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR  NOT
PARTICIPATING  IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE  REQUIRED TO  DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO  THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS  TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  WHEN
ACTING   AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS  OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.

                             UP TO 3,177,296 SHARES

                                MONARCH BANCORP
                                  COMMON STOCK

                               -----------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                               -----------------

- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                                    PART II

ITEM 24.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     Article Six of the Registrant's Articles of Incorporation, as amended,
provides that the liability of the directors of the corporation for monetary
damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extend permissible under
California law and that the corporation is authorized to provide for the
indemnification of agents (as defined in Section 317 of the California
General Corporation Law) of the corporation in excess of that expressly
permitted by such Section 317 for breach of duty to the corporation and its
shareholders to the fullest extent permissible under California law.

     Article VI of the Registrant's Bylaws, as amended, provides, in
pertinent part, that each person who is or was a director, officer, employee
or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or
domestic corporation or other entity, shall be indemnified by the Registrant
to the full extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of
California or any other applicable laws.  Article VI also authorizes the
Registrant to enter into one or more agreements with any person which
provides for indemnification greater or different than that provided for in
that Article.

     Both the Registrant and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Monarch Bank, have
entered into indemnification agreements with their respective officers and
directors.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted pursuant to the foregoing provisions to
directors, officers or persons controlling the Registrant, the Registrant has
been informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission,
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in said Act and is
therefore unenforceable.

ITEM 25.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION (1)

     Registration fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $    1,479.08
     Printing and engraving fees . . . . . . . . . . .     15,000.00*
     Accounting fees and expenses. . . . . . . . . . .     10,000.00*
     Legal fees and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . .     45,000.00*
     Blue Sky fees and expenses. . . . . . . . . . . .      5,000.00*
     Consulting fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    214,000.00
     Transfer agent and registrar fees . . . . . . . .      5,000.00
     Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      5,000.00
                                                       ---------------
        Total                                          $  300,479.08*

*Estimated. . . to be filed by amendment


- -------------

(1)   Unless otherwise noted, based upon the offering of 3,177,296 shares
      of Common Stock at $1.35 per share.

                                   II-1

<PAGE>

ITEM 26.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     On March 31, 1995, the Company completed a private placement offering to
several accredited investors pursuant to SEC Regulation D.  The Company sold
an aggregate of 4,547,111 shares of Common Stock for an aggregate
consideration of $6,139,000.  These sales were made in reliance upon the
exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.
 All of the purchasers acquired the shares for investment, and there was no
general advertising or general solicitation in connection with the offer and
sale of the shares.  The Company believes that each investor was given or had
access to detailed financial and other information with respect to the
Company.  Selling commissions of $30,000 were paid to Keefe, Bruyette &
Woods, and certain financial advisor fees totalling approximately $306,950
were paid to Belle Plaine Partners, Inc. and McAllen Capital Partners.

     In March 1993, the Company sold an aggregate of 264,136 shares of the
Company to ten sophisticated investors at a price of $264,136.  These sales
were made in reliance upon the exemption from registration under Section 4(2)
of the Securities Act.  All of the purchasers acquired the shares for
investment, and there was no general advertising or general solicitation in
connection with the offer and sale of the shares.  The Company believes that
each purchaser was given or had access to detailed financial and other
information with respect to the Company.  No underwriting or selling
commissions were paid in connection with these sales.

     In December 1991, the Company sold an aggregate of 300,000 shares of the
Company to three sophisticated investors at a total aggregate offering price
of $300,000.  The sale was made through the purchase and conversion to newly
issued shares of Common Stock of a $200,000 note and the purchase of
additional newly-issued shares of Common Stock.  These sales were made in
reliance upon the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act.  All of the purchasers acquired the shares for investment,
and there was no general advertising or general solicitation in connection
with the offer and sale of the shares.  The Company believes that each
purchaser was given or had access to detailed financial and other information
with respect to the Company.  No underwriting or selling commissions were
paid in connection with these sales.

     In 1992, a total of 287,979 warrants to purchase 287,979 shares of
Common Stock of the Company were exercised by certain shareholders of the
Company for an aggregate exercise price of $244,782.  The warrants were
issued as part of an offering of units of the Company in 1988.  A total of
554,912 units were sold in the 1988 Offering in reliance on Section 3(9)(11)
of the Securities Act.  All of the purchasers acquired the shares for
investment.  The Company believes that each purchaser was given or had access
to detailed financial and other information with respect to the Company.  No
underwriting or selling commissions were paid in connection with the exercise
of the warrants.

ITEM 27.  EXHIBITS

2.1  Plan of Reorganization and Merger Agreement.  (Exhibit A of Reorganization
     Statement No. 2-84426 incorporated by reference)

3.1  Articles of Incorporation of the Company (Exhibit 3.11 of Registration
     Statement No. 2-84426 incorporated by reference)


                                     II-2

<PAGE>

3.2  Bylaws of the Company (Exhibit 3.2 of Registration Statement No. 2-84426
     incorporated by reference)

3.3  Amended Articles of Incorporation approved in the July 1988 Shareholders
     Meeting (Exhibit 3.3 of 12/31/89 Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporated
     by reference)

3.4  Amended Bylaws approved on October 19, 1988 (Exhibit 3.4 of 12/31/89
     Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporated by reference)

3.5  Amended Articles of Incorporation of Company effective December 14, 1993
     (Exhibit 3.5 of Registration Statement No. 33-76114 incorporated by
     reference)

3.6  Amended Articles of Incorporation of Company effective April 8, 1994
     (Exhibit 3.6 of Registration Statement No. 33-76114 incorporated by
     reference)

4.1  Form of Indenture (Exhibit 4.1 of Registration Statement No. 2-85442
     incorporated by reference)

4.2  Warrant Agreement for warrants issued in June 1988 at the close of the
     California Offering (Exhibit 4.1 of 12/31/89 Annual Report on Form 10-K
     incorporated by reference)

4.3  Convertible subordinated note issued in September 1988 (Exhibit 4.2 of
     12/31/89 Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporated by reference)

4.4  Specimen Certificate of Common Stock of the Company (Exhibit 4.4 of
     Registration Statement No. 33-76114 incorporated by reference)

5.1  Opinion of Knecht & Hansen as to the legality of the securities being
     registered (Exhibit 5.1 of Registration Statement No. 33-59313 incorporated
     by reference)

8.1  Opinion and Consent of Knecht & Hansen as to Federal Income Tax Matters
     (Exhibit 8.1 of Registration Statement No. 33-59313 incorporated by
     reference)
   
8.2  Opinion and Consent of Dayton & Associates as to Federal Income Tax Matters
     (Exhibit 8.2 of Registration Statement No. 33-59313 incorporated by
     reference)
    
10.1 Monarch Bancorp 1983 Stock Option Plan; Form Incentive Stock Option
     Agreement and Form Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement (Exhibit 10.2 of
     Registration Statement No. 2-85442 incorporated by reference)

10.2 Headquarters Office Lease (Exhibit 10.3 of Registration Statement No.
     2-85442 incorporated by reference)

10.3 27751 La Paz Lease (Exhibit 3.5 of 12/31/84 Annual Report on Form 10-K
     incorporated by reference)

10.4 30140 Town Center Drive Lease (Exhibit 3.6 of 12/31/84 Annual Report on
     Form 10-K incorporated by reference)

10.5 Lease agreement for Bank assets sold and leased back from Parker North
     American in 1988 (Exhibit 10.4 of 12/31/89 Annual Report on Form 10-K
     incorporated by reference)

                                         II-3

<PAGE>

10.6 Amended Stock Option Plan as approved at the July 1988 Shareholders'
     Meeting (Exhibit 10.5 of 12/31/89 Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporated
     by reference)

10.7 1993 Stock Option Plan as approved at the June 1993 Annual Shareholders
     Meeting (Exhibit 10.7 of Registration Statement No. 33-76114 incorporated
     by reference)

11.1 Statement re computation of per share earnings (Exhibit 11.1 of
     Registration Statement No. 33-59313 incorporated by reference)

13.1 The Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended
     December 31, 1993 incorporated herein by reference

13.2 The Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended
     December 31, 1994 incorporated herein by reference

13.3 Annual Report to Stockholders of Registrant for the year ended December
     31, 1993, incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report
     on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1993

13.4 Annual Report to Stockholders of Registrant for the year ended December
     31, 1993, incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report
     on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1994

13.5 Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March 31, 1994
     incorporated herein by reference

13.6 Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 1994
     incorporated herein by reference

21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company (Exhibit 21.1 of Registration Statement No.
     33-59313 incorporated by reference)

23.1 Consent of Knecht & Hansen (See Exhibit 5.1)
   
23.2 Consent of Dayton & Associates
    
24.1 Power of Attorney (See Signature Page)
   
28.1 Form of Rights Offering Subscription Agreement (Exhibit 28.1 of
     Registration Statement No. 33-59313 incorporated by reference)

28.2 Form of Public Offering Subscription Agreement (Exhibit 28.2 of
     Registration Statement No. 33-59313 incorporated by reference)
    
28.3 February 15, 1988 California Offering Circular (Exhibit 28.1
     of 12/31/87 Form 10-K incorporated by reference)

28.4 Registration No. 33-76114 declared effective May 13, 1994
     incorporated by reference

28.5 Engagement Letter (Exhibit 28.5 of Registration Statement No. 33-59313
     incorporated by reference)
   
28.6 Amended Engagement Letter (Exhibit 28.6 of
     Registration Statement No. 33-59313 incorporated by reference)

28.7 Agreement with Belle Plaine Partners (Exhibit 28.7 of
     Registration Statement No. 33-59313 incorporated by reference)

28.8 Warrant Agreement (Exhibit 28.8 of
     Registration Statement No. 33-59313 incorporated by reference)

28.9 Deferred Compensation Plan and Trust (Exhibit 28.9 of
     Registration Statement No. 33-59313 incorporated by reference)

28.10 Consent of John Rose to serve as Director of the Company
    


                                 II-4

<PAGE>

ITEM 28.  UNDERTAKINGS

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 24 above, or
otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a
director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted against the registrant
by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of
its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a
court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification
by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be
governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows:

     1.  To file, during any period in which it offers or sells securities, a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:  (i) include any
prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; (ii) reflect
in the prospectus any facts or events which, individually or together,
represent a fundamental change in the information in the registration
statement; and (iii) include any additional or changed material information
on the plan of distribution.

     2.  For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
to treat each post-effective amendment as a new registration statement of the
securities offered, and the offering of such securities at that time to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     3.  To file a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any
of the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supplement the
prospectus, after the end of the Rights Offering period, to include the
results of the Rights Offering, the transactions by the underwriters during
the subscription period, subscription offer, the transactions by the
underwriters during the subscription period, the amount of unsubscribed
securities that the underwriters will purchase and the terms of any later
reoffering.  If the underwriters make any public offering of the securities
on terms different from those on the cover page of the prospectus, the
registration will file a post-effective amendment to state the terms of such
offering.


                                   II-5

<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES
   
     In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets
all of the requirements for filing on Form SB-2 and authorized this
Registration Statement or amendment thereto to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Laguna Niguel, State
of California, on July 12, 1995.
    
                                        MONARCH BANCORP



                                        By: /s/ E. Lynn Caswell
                                            ----------------------------
                                            E. Lynn Caswell
                                            Chairman of the Board and
                                            Chief Executive Officer

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints E. LYNN CASWELL and WILLIAM C. DEMMIN his true
and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution
and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Registration Statement,
and to file the same, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting
unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and
perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in
and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement or amendment thereto has been signed by the following
persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Signature                                Title                                    Date
- ---------                                -----                                    ----
<S>                                <C>                                            <C>

/s/ Rice E. Brown                       Director                                 July 12, 1995
- -------------------------------
Rice E. Brown


/s/ E. Lynn Caswell
- -------------------------------    Chairman, President and                       July 12, 1995
E. Lynn Caswell                    CEO (Principal Executive Officer)


/s/ Raymond B. Cox                      Director                                 July 12, 1995
- -------------------------------
Raymond B. Cox

/s/ William C. Demmin
- -------------------------------    Executive Vice President,                     July 12, 1995
William C. Demmin                  Corporate Secretary and Director
                                   (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
</TABLE>
    
                                    II-6

<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Signature                                Title                    Date
- ---------                                -----                    ----
<S>                                <C>                            <C>
/s/ Alfred H. Jannard                        Director             July 12, 1995
- -------------------------------
Alfred H. Jannard


/s/ Cheryl Moore                             Director             July 12, 1995
- -------------------------------
Cheryl Moore


                                             Director             July 12, 1995
- -------------------------------
Margaret Redmond


</TABLE>
    

                                    II-7


<PAGE>
   
                                                            EXHIBIT 23.2

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the inclusion of our Independent Auditor's Report dated
February 7, 1995 regarding the consolidated balance sheet of Monarch Bancorp
as of December 31, 1994, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the
two  years in the period ended December 31, 1994, and the reference to our
firm as "experts", in the Form SB-2 filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.




July 12, 1995
Laguna Hills, California

    



<PAGE>


                                 LETTERHEAD




                                July 6, 1995



Mr. Lynn Caswell
Chairman of the Board
Monarch Bancorp
30000 Town Center Drive
Laguna Niguel, CA  92677

Dear Mr. Caswell:

This letter is to confirm my willingness to stand for election as a Director
of Monarch Bancorp. If elected, I intend to serve my one year term.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       F.N.B. CORPORATION


                                       /s/ John W. Rose

                                       John W. Rose
                                       Executive Vice President

JWR/skb




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission